SlideShare a Scribd company logo

Top notch-fundamentals-a

Maribel Rodriguez, profile picture
Maribel Rodriguez

This document provides information about the authors and acknowledgments for the book "English for Today's World with workbook" by Joan Saslow and Allen Ascher. It includes biographies of the two authors, Joan Saslow and Allen Ascher, describing their backgrounds and experience in teaching English. It also lists over 100 reviewers from various countries who provided feedback to help improve the book.

Education
1 of 136
Downloaded 33 times
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Most read
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
Most read
57
58
59
60
Most read
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
Top notch-fundamentals-a
ENGLISH FOR TODAY'S WORLD with workbook JOAN SASLOW ALLEN ASCHER u�I.>:!I ul:,j e:;?.JD 1.5�g.J l:, 6'..c.!),D-:U) O:!I •.:...WI b�J ,-L;L'.i b-t J..ob 9 �.>! # uJg....o b-t -� �,!P �� J..oi...t 9 .::.u....1 1.§Lvl 9 c_>1J, •u_g.:.Lii ...slv uT jl I.SJ,�.>:' � With Top Notch Pop Songs and Karaoke by Rob Morsberger u�1Y-1 ul;,j f!?.JD www.irLanguage.com
ABOUT THE AUTHORS Joan Saslow Joan Saslow has taught in a variety of programs in South America and the United States. She is author or coauthor of a number of widely used courses, some of which are Ready to Go, Workplace Plus, Literacy Plus, and Summit. She is also author of English in Context, a series for reading science and technology. Ms. Saslow was the series director of True Colors and True Voices. She has participated in the English Language Specialist Program in the U.S. Department of State's Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs. Allen Ascher Allen Ascher has been a teacher and teacher trainer in China and the United States, as well as academic director of the intensiwt English program at Hunter College. Mr. Ascher has also been an ELT publisher and was responsible for publication and expansion of numerous well-known courses including True Colors, NorthStar, the Longman TOEFL Preparation Series, and the Longman Academic Writing Series. He is coauthor of Summit and he wrote the "Teaching Speaking" module of Teacher Development Interactive, an online multimedia teacher-training program. Ms. Saslow and Mr. Ascher are frequent presenters at professional conferences and have been coauthoring courses for teens, adults, and young adults since 2002. AUTHORS' ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are indebt.,d to these reviewers, who provided extensive and detailed feedback and suggestions for Top Notch, as well as the hundreds of teachers who completed surveys and participated In groups. Manuel Wilson Alvarado Miles, Quito, Ea,ador• Shirley Ando, Otemoe UnMITTity, Hyogo, Japan• Vanessa de Andrade, CC8EU Inter Americano, Curitiba, Brazil• Miguel Arrazola, CM, Santa Cruz, 8olivia• Mark Barta, Proflciency School of English, Sao Paulo, Brazil• Edwin Bello, PROULEX, Guadalajara, Mexico• Mary Blum, CaA, Cochabamba, Bollvlo• Maria Elizabeth Boccia, Proflciency School of English, Sao Paulo, Brazil• Pamela Cristina Borja Ball6n, Quito, Ecuodor• Eliana Anabel L Buccia, AMtCANA, Mendoza, Argentina• Jose Humberto Calderon Dfaz, CAI.USA(. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Marla Teresa Calienes Csirke, ldiomos Cat61lco, limo, Perv• Esther Maria Carbo Morales, Quito, Ecuador• Jorge Washington Cardenas Castillo, Quito, Ea,ador• Erendira Yadira Carrera Garcia, WM Oiopultepec. Mexico Oty, Mexico• Viviane de Cassia Santos Carlini, Spectrum Une, Pouso Alegre, Brazil• Centro Colombo Americano, Bogota, Colombia• Gvven C'tftci, Fatlh Uni"9rsity, Istanbul, Turkey• Diego Cisneros, CaA, Tarijo, Bolivia• Paul Crook, Meisei Uniwrslty, Tokyo, Japan• Alejandra Dfaz Loo, El Cultural, Arequipa, Peru• Jesus G. Diaz Oslo, Florido Notional College, Miami, USA• Maria Eid Ceneviva, CBA, Bo1Ma• Amalia Elvira Rodriguez Espinoza De Los Monteros, Guayaquil, Ecuador• Marla Argelia Estrada Vasquez, CAI.USA<:. Guatemala City, Guatemala• John Fielcleldy, College of Engineering, Nihon l.lmiersity, Aizuwakomatsu-shi, Japan• Marleni Humbelina Flores Urizar, CAI.USA(. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Ganzalo Fortune, CaA, Sucre, Bolivia• Andrea Fredricks, Embassy CES, Son Francisco, USA• Irma Gallegos Pelaez, WM Tlolpon, Mexico Oty, Mexico• Alberto Gamarra, CaA, Santa Cruz, Bolivia• Marla Amparo Garcia Pelia, ICPNA Cusco, Peru• Amanda Glllis-Furutaka, Kyoto Sangyo Uni..,sity, Kyoto, Japan• Martha Angelina Gonzalez Parraga, Guayaquil, Ea,ador• Octavio Gorcluno Ruiz• Ralph Grayson, lcliomas Cot61ica, Uma, Perv• Murat Gult.lcln, Fotih Uni¥ersity, Istanbul, Turkey• Oswaldo Gutierrez, PROULEX, Guadalajara, Mexico• Ayaka Hashinishi, Otemae Unl..,slty, Hyoga, Japan• Alma Lorena Hernandez de Armas, CALUSAC. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Kent Hill, Seigakuln Uniwrsity, Soitoma-loen, Japan• Kayoko Hirao, Nichti Gakkon Company, COCO Juku, Japan• Jesse Huang, National Central Uni"9rsity, Taoyuan, Taiwan• Eric Charles Jones, Seoul Uniwrslty of Technology, Seoul, South Korea• Jun-Chen Kuo, Tojen Unl""'rslty, PingM,g, Taiwan• Susan Krieger, Embassy CES, San Francisco, USA• Ana Marfa de la Torre Ugarte, ICPNA Chicloyo, Peru• Erin Lemalstre, Ou,g-Ang Uni"9rslty, Seoul, South Korea• Eleanor S. Leu, Soochow Uniwrslty, Taipei, Taiwan• Ylhul Li (Stella Li), Fooyin Uniwrsity, Koohslwlg, Taiwan• Chin-Fan Lin, Shi! Hsin Uni"9rslty, Taipei, Taiwan• Linda Lin, Tatung lnsti1ute of Tedlnology, Taiwan• Kristen Lindblom, Embassy CES, San Francisco, USA• Patricio David L6pez Logacho, Quito, Ecuador• Diego L6pez Tasara, ldiomos Cat6rica, Umo, Peru• Neil Macleod, Kansai Gaidal Uni¥11t'sity, Osaka, Japan• Adriana Marces, ldiomos Catollca, Uma, Peru• Robyn McMurray, Pusan Notional Uni..,sity, Busan, South Korea• Paula Medina, London Language lnstlMe, London, Canada• Juan Carlos Muiioz, American School Way, Bogota, Colombia• Noriko Mori, Otemoe Uni¥erslty, Hyogo, Japan• Adrian Esteban Narvaez Pacheco, Cuenca, Ecuador• Tim Newflelds, Tokyo Uni¥erslty faOllty of Economics, Tokyo, Japan• Ana Cristina Ochoa, CCBEU Inter Amer1cano, Curitiba, Broz,1• Tania Elizabeth Ortega Santacruz, Cuenca, Ecuador• Martha Patricia Paez, Quito, Ecuador• Maria de Lourdes P6rez Valdespino, Unl¥111'sldad del Volle de Mexico, Mexico• Wahrena Elizabeth Pfeister, u�1Y-1 u'1j {51'.JD www.irLanguage.com Uni""'rslty of Suwon, Gyeonggi-Oo, South Korea• Wayne Allen Pfeister, Uni"9rsity of Suwon, Gyeonggi-Oo, South Korea• Andrea Rebonato, CCBEU Inter Americ:ono, Curitiba, Brazil• Thomas Robb, Kyoto Songyo Uniwrslty, Kyoto, Jopon• Mehran Sabet, Seigokuln Uniwrslty, Soitama- loen, Japan• Majid Safadaran Mosazadeh, ICPNA Chldayo, Perv• Timothy Samuelson, BrldgeEnglhh, Demer, USA• Hector Sanchez, PROUI.EX,Guadalajara, Mexico• M6nica Alexandra Sanchez Escalante, Quito, Ecuador• Jorge Mauricio Sanchez Montalvan, Quito, Unl"ltrsldod Politecnlca Soleslona {UPS), Ecuador• Letfcia Santos, ICBEU lbio, Brazil• Elena Sapp, INTO Oregon State Uniwrslty, Corvallis, USA• Robert Sheridan, Otemoe Uniwrsity, Hyogo, Japan• John Eric Sherman, Hong le Umersity, Seoul, South Korea• Brooks Slaybough, Asia Umersity, Tokyo, Japan•Jocio Vlfor Soares, NACC. Sao Paulo, Brazil• Silvia Solares, CBA, Sucre, Bor1Vio• Chayawan Sonchaeng, Delaware County Community College, Media, PA• Maria Julia Suarez, CM, Cochabamba, Bolivia• EI­ Suclakova, English language Center, Kiev, Ukraine• Richard Swingle, Kansai Gaidal College, Osaka, Japan• Blanca Luz Terrazas Zamora, ICPNA Cusco, Peru• Sandrine Ting, St. John's Uni"9rsity, New Taipei City, Toiwon• Christian Juan Torres Medina, Guayaquil, Ecuador• Raquel Torrico, CBA, Sucre, Bolivia• Jessica Ueno, Otemae Uniwrslty, Hyogo, Japan• Ximena Vacaflor C., CBA, Torija, Bolivia• Rene Valdivia Pereira, CBA, Santa Cruz, Bolivia• Salange Lopes Vinagre Casto, SENA(. Sao Paulo, Brazil• Magno Alejandro Vivar Hurtado, Cuenca, Ecuador• Dr. Wen-hsien Yang, National Kaohsiung Hospitality College, l<aohsiwlg, Taiwan• Juan Zarate, B Cultural, Arequipa, Perv
LEARNING OBJECTIVES Top Nofdi Funi*»1•1foa is designed for true beginning students or for students needing the support of a very low-level begiming course. No prior knowledge of English is assumed or necessary. iv Places and How to Get There Family Events and Times Clothes Activities Units 1-7 Review COMMUNICATION GOALS VOCABULARY GRAMMAR • Tell a classmate your occupation • Identify your classmates • Spell names • Introduce people • Tellsomeoneyourfirstand last name • Get someone's contact information • Talk about locations • Discuss how to get places • Discuss transportation • Identify people in your family • Describe your relatives • Talk about your family • Confirm that you're on time • Talk about the time of an event • Ask about birthdays • Give and accept a compliment • Ask for colors and sizes • Describe clothes • Talk about morning and evening activities • Describe what you do in your free time • Discuss household chores • Occupations • The alphabet • More occupations • Relationships (non-family) • Titles • First and last names • Numbers 0-20 • More relationships I More titles • Places in the neighborhood • Locations • Ways to get places • Means of transportation • Destinations VOCABUL:ARY BOOSTER • More places • Family relationships • Adjectives to describe people • Numbers 21-101 VOCABUlARY.BOOSTER • More adjectives • What time is it? • Efiljy, on time, late • Events • Days of the week • Ordinal numbers • Months of the year VOCABULAR BOOSTER • More events • Clothes • Colors and sizes • Opposite adjectives to describe clothes VOCABULARY BOOSTER • More clothes • Daily activities at home • Leisure activities • Household chores • More household chores • Verb�: • Singular and plural statements, contractions • Yes I !!Q questions and short answers • Common errors • Subject pronouns • Articles aI i!!! • Nouns: • Singular and plural I Common and proper •#:fo•H+-hfrlExtra practice • Possessive nouns and adjectives • Be from I Questions with Where, common errors • Verb�: information questions with WhaJ f3-fMfolH=H+ifrJExtra practice • Verb�: questions with Where • Subject pronoun .it • The imperative • � to express means of transportation •#1ii:•H=l-+ifrjExtra practice • Verb�: • Questions with Who and common errors • With adjectives • Questions with tl9w old • Adverbs� and� • Verb � I !)j§: affirmative statements •§;IW:IH=i+§frjExtra practice • Verb�: questions about time • Prepositions [!l, QI!, and fil for dates and times • Contractions and common errors fii:il·•H=H+ifrlExtra practice • Demonstratives ti�. 1..tifil, these, th9.� • The simple present tense: like, �.m. ��. and have: • Affirmative and negative statements • Questions and short answers • Spelling rules and contractions • Adjective placement and common errors • �and on� •#foif:lh=l-@HExtra practice • The simple present tense: • Third-person singular spelling rules • Questions with W..heo and Whattime • Questions with How often. time expressions • Questions with W!!Qassubject, common errors • Frequency adverbs and time expressions: • Usage, placement, and common errors f§fi/::'·frf:ooh!hExtra practice
CONVERSATION STRATEGIES LISTENING / PRONUNCIATION READING / WRITING • Use And you? to show interest in another person • Use Excuse me to initiate a conversation • Use Excuse me? to indicate you haven't heard or didn't understand • Use ThanksJ to acknowledgesomeone's complying with a request • Identify someone's relationship to you when making an introduction • Use too to reciprocate a greeting • Begin a question with Am! to indicate you want additional information • Repeat part of a question to clarify • Reoeat information to confirm • Use You're waj_co_me to formally acknowledge thanks • Use OK to acknowledge advice • Use What about you? to show interest in another person • Use And to shift the topic • Use Tell me about to invite someone to talk about a topic • Use� to indicate you are deciding how to begin a response • Use And how about? to ask for more information • Use Heallyl toshowinterest ormildsurprise • Use Uh-oh to indicate you may have made a mistake • Use Look to focus someone's attention on something • Use G@_<!!l to show enthusiasm for an idea • Offer someone best wishes on his or her birthday • Respond to a person's birthday wishes • Acknowledge a compliment with Thank you • Apologize with I'm sorry when expressing disappointing information • Use That's too bad to express disappointment • Use What about you? to ask for someone's opinion • Use Well to soften a strong opinion • Say Me? to give yourself time to think of a personal response • Use Well to introduce a lengthy response • Use What about you? to ask for parallel information • Use SJ! to introduce a conversation topic • Use How abQ!!1__y.9J!l to ask for parallel information • SaySure to indicate a willingness to answer • Begin a response to an unexpected question with Oh Listening Tasks • Circle the letter you hear • Identify correct spelling of names • Write the name you hear spelled • Identifythe correct occupation • Writethe missing information: names and occupations Pronunciation • Syllables Listening Tasks • Complete statements about relationships • Circle the correct information • Fill in names. phone numbers, and e-mail addresses you hear Pronunciation • Stress in two-word pairs Listening Tasks • Write the places you hear • Write the directions you hear, using affirmative and negative imperatives • Circle the means of transportation • Write In' phrases, check destinations you hear Pronunciation • Falling intonation for questions with w.tiere Listening Tasks • Identify the picture of a relative being described • Choose the adjective that describes the people mentioned in a conversation Pronunciation • Number contrasts Listening Tasks • Identify events and circle the correct times • Write the events you hear in a date book • Circle the dates you hear Pronunciation • Sentence rhythm Listening Tasks • Confirm details about clothes • Determine colors of garments Pronunciation • Plural nouns Listening Task • Match chores to the people who performed them Pronunciation • Third-person singular verb endings Reading Text • Simple forms and business cards Writing Task • Write affirmative and negative statements about people in a picture pj-jfjj/j§=+@fhGuided writing practice Reading Text • Short descriptions of famous people, their occupations, and countries of origin Writing Task • Write sentences about your relationships §fofj/id=H+ifhGuided writing practice Reading Texts • Simple maps and diagrams • Introductions of people,theirrelationshipsand occupations, where they live, and how they get to work Writing Task • Write questions and answers about the place! in a complex picture •frhfj/jijljif,fiijGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A family tree • A magazine article about famous actors and their families Writing Task • Write a description of the people in your fami •frlOj/jffr@j&-fGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A world map with time zones • Events posters • Newspaper announcements • A zodiac calendar Writing Task • Write about events at your school or inyour cit i@-IOl/!§=+§!i;jGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A sales flyer from a department store Writing Task • Write sentences about the clothes you have, need, want, and like f/-lO!iid=i-1-HfhGuided writing practice Reading Text • A review of housekeeping robots Writing Task • Describe your typical week, using adverbs of frequency and time expressions i@-IO!iid=-••@j&-fGuided writing practice V
CONTENTS vi STUDENT BOOK UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 UNIT 4 UNIT 5 UNIT 6 UNIT 7 UNITS 1-7 Names and Occupations ............................... 4 About People........................................ 12 Places and How to Get There ........................... 20 Family ............................................. 28 Events and Times .................................... 36 Clothes ............................................ 44 Activities .......................................... . 52 Review............................................. 60 REFERENCE CHARTS Countries and nationalities INumbers 100 to 1,000,000,000 ..................... 64 Irregular verbs I Pronunciation table .................................... . 64 Vocabulary Booster ............................. . ............ . ..... 65 Grammar Booster ....................................... . ......... 69 Writing Booster ................................................... 75 Top Notch Pop Lyrics ................................................ 78 WORKBOOK UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 UNIT 4 UNIT 5 UNIT 6 UNIT 7 UNITS 1-7 Names and Occupations .............................. 81 About People........................................ 87 Places and How to Get There ...........................93 Family ............................................. 98 Events and Times ................................... 103 Clothes ........................................... 109 Activities .......................................... 116 Review............................................ 122 ·• ·. . i . '
TO THE TEACHER What is Top Notch? Top Notch is a six-level* communicative course that prepares adults and young adults to interact successfully and confidently with both native and non-native speakers of English. The goal of Top Notch is to make English unforgettable through: • Multiple exposures to new language • Numerous opportunities to practice it • Deliberate and intensive recycling The Top Notch course has two beginning levels-Top Notch Fundamentals for true beginners and Top Notch 1 for false beginners. Top Notch is benchmarked to the Global Scale of English and is tightly correlated to the Can-do Statements of the Common European Framework of Reference. Each full level of Top Notch contains material for 60-90 hours of classroom instruction. In addition, the entire course can be tailored to blended learning with an integrated online component, MyEnglishLab. NEW This third edition of Top Notch includes these new features: Extra Grammar Exercises, digital full-color Vocabulary Flash Cards, Conversation Activator videos, Pronunciation Cooch videos, and a Writing Booster. * Summit 1 and Summit 2 are the titles of the 5th and 6th levels of the Top Notch course. Award-Winning Instructional Design* Daily confirmation of progress Each easy-to-follow two-page lesson begins with a clearly stated practical communication goal closely aligned to the Common European Framework's Con-do Statements. All activities ore integrated with the goal, giving vocabulary and grammar meaning and purpose. Now You Con activities ensure that students achieve each goal and confirm their progress in every class session. True-beginner vocabulary and grammar Clear captioned picture-dictionary illustrations with accompanying audio take the guesswork out of meaning and pronunciation. Grammar presentations clarify form, meaning, and use. The unique Recycle this Language feature continually puts known words and grammar in front of students' eyes as they communicate, to make sure language remains active. A new Writing Booster in the bock of the Student's Book provides guided writing practice that incorporates vocabulary and grammar from the unit. • Top Holdt ls the recipient of the Association of Educational Publishers' Distinguished Achievement AwanJ. Authentic socioI language Even beginning students should learn appealing natural social language. Forty-two memorable Conversation Models provide lively controlled conversation practice that ensures enthusiasm and motiVOtion, irLanguage.com Active listening syllabus All Vocabulary presentations, Pronunciation presentations, Conversation Models, Listening Comprehension exercises, and Readings ore recorded on the audio, ensuring that students develop good pronunciation, intonation, and auditory memory. In addition, approximately fifty tasks specifically developed for beginning learners develop fundamental comprehension skills. We wish you and your students enjoyment and success with Top Notch Fundamentals. We wrote it for you. Joan Saslow and Allen Ascher vii
COMPONENTS ActiveTeach Maximize the impact of your Top Notch lessons. This digital tool provides an interactive classroom experience that can be used with or without an interactive whiteboard (IWB). It includes a full array of digital and printable features. ·-­...__ For class presentation ••• e NEW Conversation Activator videos: increase students' confidence in oral communication e NEW Pronunciation Coach videos: facilitate clear and fluent oral expression -. IR 'ytdJ� ·-. 0 NEW Extra Grammar Exercises: ensure mastery of grammar G NIW Digital Full-Color Vocabulary Flash Cards: accelerate retention of new vocabulary -•QClickable Audio: instant access to the complete classroom audio program • Top Notch TV Video Program: a hilarious sitcom and authentic on-the-street interviews • Top Notch Pop Songs and Karaoke: original songs for additional language practice MyEnglishlab An optional onllne learning tool ...."S lftlllf'IIC-.""' .. pv.... ...,.., ..,..............................................-,.rt.1.... ...........................................,.,............,..._..,.....,....,.,......,,..,...,.,nw ...................................."°"....,...,.,,.......,....-................,...........................Gi*Wl...,.,c.n.........,......,,.......................,,.,.............------I (,,111f""' • �• •.,..,., , .. . • PtARION • NIW Grammar Coach videos plus the Pronunciation Coach videos, and Digital Vocabulary Flash Cords • NIW Immediate meaningful feedback on wrong answers • NIW Remedial grammar exercises Q ;::::· - ::.:: - -� _,__ 91·-��-=:=-=� 8 ·:::- --=-- -.,. -.:o.. :� f- . :; ::;- Workbook For planning... • A Methods Handbook for a communicative classroom • Detailed timed lesson plans for each two-page lesson • Top Notch TV teaching notes • Complete answ er keys, audio scripts, and video scripts For extra support •.. • Hundreds of extra printable activities, with teaching notes • Top Notch Pop language exercises • Top Notch TV activity worksheets For assessment •.. • Ready-made unit and review achievement tests with options to edit, odd, or delete items. Lesson-by-lesson written exercises to accompany the Student's Book Full-Course Placement Tests Choose printable or online version Classroom Audio Program • A set of Audio CDs, as an alternative to the clickable audio in the ActiveTeach • Contains a variety of authentic regional and non-native accents to build comprehension of diverse English speakers • NEW The entire audio program is available for students atwww.english.com/topnotch3e. The mobile opp Top Notch Go allows access anytime, anywhere and lets students practice at their own pace. Teacher's Edition and Lesson Planner • Interactive practice of all material presented in the course • Detailed interleaved lesson plans, language and culture • Grade reports that display performance and time on task notes, answer keys, and more • Auto-graded achievement tests • Also accessible in digital form in the ActiveTeach For more information: www.pearsonelt.com/fopnofch3e viii
Welcome to Top Notch! liii!iIIIntroduce yo : rself � I 1 ... CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Hi. I'm Martin. B: Hi, Martin. I'm Ben. 1 Introduce yourself. 2 Greet people. 3 Say good-bye. A: Nice to meet you, Ben. B: Nice to meet you, too. 2 ""J..03 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. IWi'(l]lliJ�!,�I Introduce yourself PAIR WORK Now introduce yourself to your classmates. .,., Hi. Hello. Greetings IJ!":· m Responses Nice to meet you. Glad to meet you. I'm [Lisa]. It's a pleasure to meet you. Welcome
lffiiitl Greet people 1 .,. CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Hi, Len. How are you? B: Fine, thanks. And you? A: I'm fine. 2 p,, RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 .,. VOCABULARY • More greetings Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. Greet people PAIRWORK Now greet your classmates. ,.,. Greetings How are you? How's everything? How's it going? 2 Welcome C:-) .,. .0 Responses I."': 1 Fine. I I'm fine. �: Great. po.! Not bad. 'Cl' So-so.
[ffiEISay good-bye l 'r- 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Good-bye, Charlotte. B: Good-bye, Emily. A: See you tomorrow. B: OK. See you! 2 II': ·.U RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. Say good-bye PAIR WORK Now say good-bye to your classmates. II': Ways to say good-bye Good-bye. Bye. See you later. Take care. NOWI CAN D Introduce myself. D Greet people. D Say good-bye. Welcome 3
(Kl]1',I�I(I):!tfflii[I]:ltt11!1�i www.irLanguage.com Tell a classmate your occupation. 2 Identify your classmates. UNIT 3 Spell names. Names and Occupations [ffl Tell a classmate your occu � ion I VOCABULARY BOOSTER VOCABULARY • Occupations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More occupations • p. 125 • !! a teacher 2 a student 3 an architect 6 a musician 4 an actor 5 an athlete 7 an artist 8 a banker 9 a singer 2 PAIR WORK Say the name of an occupation. Your partner points (c::?) to the picture. 3 GRAMMAR • Verb be: singular statements I Contractions Affirmative statements I Contractions I am Ann. I I'm Ann. Negative statements I Contractions I am not Jen. I I'm not Jen. 10 a flight attendant Articles � I an a teacher an actor You are an architect. I You're an architect. He is a teacher. I He's a teacher. She is a singer. I She's a singer. You are not an artist. I You're not an artist. I You aren't an artist. He is not a student. I He's not a student. I He isn't a student. She is not a banker. I She's not a banker. I She isn't a banker. 4 UNIT 1
llm!lm MORE EXERCISES 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write the article� or an for each occupation. 1 I'm ......... architect. 3 He's not ......... banker. 2 She's ......... student. 4 He is ......... musician. 5 PAIR WORK Point to the people on page 4. Say He's __ or She's __. 6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Read the names 5 She is ......... singer. 6 I'm not ......... athlete. ,, He's a teacher. ,, ,, She's a flight attendant. ,, and occupations. Write affirmative and negative statements. 1 Orlando Bloom ..!f.��.�.C:!.'?.�·.J:I.��'?.�.':'..�i.,:i.9��:..... 3 Joo Yeon Sir ................................................. 2 Luis Miguel ................................................. 4 Marta ................................................. 1Wl�1 1'rnl1�M1 Tell a classmate your occupation www 1rLanguage.com 1 • :15 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What do you do? B: I'm an architect. And you? A: I'm a banker. 2 • · 6 RHYTHM ANO INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own occupations. A: What do you do? B: I'm .......... And you? A: I'm ......... . 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Tell another classmate your occupation.
'= 1 � • VOCABULARY • More occupations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS 1 She's a chef. 2 He's a writer. 3 She's a manager. 5 He's a doctor. 6 She's an engineer. 7 He's a photographer. 2 GRAMMAR • Singular and plural nouns I Be: plural statements Singular nouns a chef an athlete Plural nouns 2 chefs 3 athletes Affirmative statements I Contractions Negative statements I Contractions 4 She's a scientist. 8 He's a pilot. Subject pronouns Singular Plural I we you you he they she We are photographers./ We're photographers. You are scientists. I You're scientists. We are not chefs./ We're not chefs./ We aren't chefs. They are writers. I They're writers. You are not pilots./ You're not pilots./ You aren't pilots. They are not artists./ They're not artists./ They aren't artists. 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each statement with a singular or plural form of be. 1 I ......... a writer. 3 We ......... doctors. 5 We ......... managers. 2 She ......... not a pilot. 4 They ......... not scientists. 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE @the correct word or words to complete each statement. 1 I am (an artist I artists I artist). 3 She is (banker I a banker I bankers). mmm 2 We are (a flight attendant I flight attendants I 4 They are (a writer I writers I writer). � flight attendant). 6 UNIT 1 www.irLanguage.com
lilll!lm MORE :XERCISES 5 GRAMMAR • Be: ruI no questions and short answers Yes I no questions Are you Is he • an architect? Is Tanya Are you Are they ' musicians? Are Ted and Jane Short answers Yes, I am. Yes, : ��e I is. Yes, ;�y • are. No, I'm not. : he'sNo,, h , • s e s not. No ; we're not. ' • they're : ----.....................--..............--..............._.............,.,......,..._,.._..,..__,.,.___..._.,.......,,,....,...,,......,..............._..., Be careful! 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations.Use contractions when possible. A: ...6��....they Abby and Jonah? 8: Yes, ......................... . 2 A: ................. Hanna a scientist? Yes, I am. NOT Yes, she is. NOT Yes, weare. NOT 4 A: ................. a chef? 8: Yes, I ......................... . 5 A: ................. he Evan? �­ Yes, she's. Yes, ne'Fe. 8: No, she'......................... .................. a doctor: 8: No, ..................... not.He'......... Michael. 3 A: ................. you Rachel and Philip? 6 A: ......... Tim an actor? B: No, we'......................... .................. Judith and Jack. 7 PAIR WORK Practice the conversations from Exercise 6. 8 PAIR WORK Ask your partner two questions. Answer your partner's questions. '' Are you an artist? '' 1 IJJo'. • CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Excuse me.Are you Marie? 8: No, I'm not. I'm Laura.That's Marie. A: Where? B: Right over there. A: Thank you. 8: You're welcome. 2 IJJo'. l:11 RHY THM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation.Use real names. Then change roles. A: Excuse me. Are you ......... ? 8: No, I'm not.I'm ......... . That's ......... . A: Where? B: Right over there. A: Thank you. B: You're welcome. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Identify other classmates. u�l�I ol:,j �,>/J www.irLanguage.com " Yes, I am. " ---' 8: No, he'................... . ............... a teacher.
=1 VOCABULARY • The alphabet Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 ... LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen.@he letter you hear. I A I K I 41 u I O I 71 F I X 10 I I GI n I o I G I 2 I B I E s! B I z I sl X s n I L IN I 14 I HI K I 31MINI 61 T C 91 z V 12 I KI I I 15 I pI E 3 PAIR WORK Read 10 letters aloud to your partner. 4 ... • LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen.@he correct spelling. Then spell each name aloud.Point to the letters you hear. mmmJ C F Q H B V U m11mo --�-- 1 y p D R K L G A DEi 6 GRAMMAR • Proper nouns and common nouns Green Greene Grin Leigh Lee Li Katharine Katherine Catharine 5 .,. • LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen to the conversations. Write the names. 1 ..................................... 2 ..................................... 3 ..................................... Capital letters ABC Proper nouns Lowercase letters abc The names of people and places are proper nouns. Use a capital letter to begin a proper noun. �----.---=-1 Melanie Pepper New Delhi Nicaragua Common nouns Other nouns are common nouns. Use a lowercase letter to be1in a common noun. morning doctor �udent 8 UNIT 1
IJlliJl1.!J MORE EXERCISES 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE@the proper nouns. Underline the common nouns. 1 Mary Chase 3 name S partners 2 letter 4 France 6 alphabet 8 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Check� the common nouns. Capitalize the proper nouns. D 1 J;}arie D 3 sarah browne D S canada 0 2 partner D 4 teacher D 6 noun "em�i 9 � PRONUNCIATION • Syllables Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH �-----------------------------, 1 syllable chef 2 syllables bank• er 3 syllables ar• chi• tect 4 syllables pho• tog• ra• pher 10 ...N231 PAIR WORK First, take turns saying each word. Write the number of syllables. Then listen to check your work. 1 teacher ......... 3 vocabulary ......... S occupation ......... 2 students ......... 4 alphabet ......... 6 they're ......... Spell names 1 11": :ffl CONVERSATION MODEL A: Hello. I'm John Bello. B: Excuse me? A: John Bello. B: How do you spell that? A: B-E-L-L-0. B: Thanks! 2 ....IQ'z RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. .. ..��m 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use real names. Then change roles. A: Hello. I'm .......... B: Excuse me? A: ......... . B: How do you spell that? www.irLanguage.com A: .......... B: Thanks! DONTSTOP! Ask about occupations: What do you do? 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. D 7 letter D 8 grammar � UNIT 1 9
1 � • LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the number of each conversation in the correct box. D -r&- LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Complete the information. ti A1•ailabl�forrlwnu, A ! NAME Porter J 0 "°':: • -..!::;::;;;;;.;;;;;;;;;;;;:;::�::;:::;;;�=:;;;;:;-:;::;i:.:;;;;;;;;;;;::;::::;::::;;:r::;:;;:;::;::i:c:;:::::;: WorId Language John Institute 3 PAIR WORK Choose a famous person. Write that person's information on the form. Then play the role of that person and introduce "yourself" to your partner. Ucenitd Insured PILOT john@ainui.com H Hi. I'm [Bradley Cooper]. " I'm [an actor]. And you? 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Answer the questions about four famous people. Use subject pronouns and contractions. � '"' ... - ...t' •. .. Zheng Jie athlete Lorraine Clare 1-800-555-6788 English 1 Is Idris Elba an actor or a singer? 3 Is Zheng Jie a teacher? .5 Is Mario Vargas Llosa an actor? He'r on actor. 2 Is Paulina Aguirre a singer? 4 Are Zheng Jie and Mario Vargas Llosa scientists? 5 PERSONAL RESPONSES Write responses with real information. 1 "Hi. I'm Art Potter." 3 "What do you do?" 6 Is Zheng Jie an athlete or a writer? GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 1 review • p. 135 � ....................................... � ....................................... fw .1drtir1011al lungur1g,.. J>rit(llft• J'JTOPNOTCH lltl •Lyrics p. 150 "What Do You Do?"2 "Are you a teacher?" � ....................................... 10 UNIT 1 4 "Thank you." � ....................................... . .... ....... ....SONG KARAOK£ ---
lill!!WJ GAMES . u�'>.!' ultJ ti!JA -www.irLanguage.com POINT Name the occupations in the pictures. For example: SJ.,e's a" a,tirt. PAIR WORK 1 Ask and answer questions about the people. For example: Is- Joh" a photo9 ropher'? Yes, J.,e is. 2 Create conversations for the people. For example: /i, I'm WRITING Write affirmative and negative statements about the people in the picture. For example: Rore is a" artirt: She's not OI" a,d,itect. t?·HiWi:t•Jt�ilfl p. U6 Gumnceforthis writincexercise 1pations in the �stions about the e: >'1er? Yer, J.,e ir. 1s for the people. it:..i--"1il-•-----...---.tive and negative )lc:ilor::11111::m c:iuoul uu/people in the picture. For example: Rore ir an artirt. SJ.,e1 5 not an arcJ...itect. WRITING BOOSTER p. 146 Guidance for this writing exercise
UNIT About People [iJ]EJ Introduce �pie I 1 Introduce people. 2 Tell someone your first and last name. 3 Get someone's contact information. 'C 1 VOCABULARY• Relationships Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. liliililJI MORE EXERCISES 1 a classmate 2 a friend 3 a neighbor VOCABULARY BOOSTER More relationships • p. 126 4 a ooss :, a co11eague 2 GRAMMAR • Possessive nouns and adjectives Ms. Ellis is Joe's teacher. Joe is her student. Possessive nouns Al Smith is Kate's boss. Larry's colleague is Teresa. We are Sara and Todd's neighbors. I am Ms. Tan's student. We are Marty's classmates. Possessive adjectives He is her boss. Teresa is his colleague. We are their neighbors. She is my teacher. Marty is our classmate. Subject Possessive pronouns adjectives I-+ my you -+ your he -+ his she -+ her we -+ our they -+ their 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct word or words to complete each sentence. ,,Language.com 4 1 Mr. Thomas is (my I I) boss. 2 Is Mrs. Cory (you I your) teacher? 3 Is (she I her) Dr. Kim? 4 Are (they I their) Connie and Sam? 5 Are (your I you) Barry's friend? PAIR WORK Tell a classmate about at least three of your relationships. Use the Vocabulary. 6 He's (my I I) colleague. 7 Mr. Benson is (Alec I Alec's) neighbor. 8 Jake is (Ms. Rose I Ms. Rose's) student. 9 (He's I His) an architect. 10 (Kyle I Kyle's) and Ray's classmate is Gail. ,, Jerry is my classmate. Ted and ,, Jan Keyes are my neighbors. 12 UNIT 2
LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the relationships. 1 Bruce is her ..................... . 3 Mr. Grant is her ..................... . 5 Carlos is his ...................... 2 Patty is his ...................... 4 Rob is her ...................... 6 GRAMMAR• Be from I Questions with Where Are you from Paraguay? Is she from Moscow? Where are you from? Where's she from? Be careful! Are you from Spain? Yes, I am. NOT Yes, Iaff't fl'eff't. Yes, I am. I No, I'm not. Yes, she is. I No, she's not. We're from Bangkok. She's from Canada. Contractions Where is -+ Where's Where are NOT 'Nl<lere're 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations with be from. Use contractions when possible. lilr!lllJI MORE EXERCISES 1 A: ..W.h���'.s:.... your neighbor ......................... ? 4 A: ......................... your boss ......................... ? B: She .......................... Canada. B: He .......................... Fortaleza. 2 A: .......................... they .......................... ? B: .......................... Paris. 3 A: .......................:.Mr.Tanaka ........................ ? B: .......................... Japan. 1 "" � CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Tom, this is Paula. Paula's my classmate. B: Hi, Paula. C: Hi, Tom. Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. 2 � •3 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat.Then practice the ConversationModel with two other students. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Personalize the conversation with two other students. Use your own names. Then change roles. A: ........., this is ......... ..........'s my .......... B: Hi, ......... . C: Hi, ......... . Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. DONTSTOP! Ask questions. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Introduce other classmates. 5 A: ..................you and your friend.................. ? B: .......................... Busan. 6 A: .................... Pat's colleagues ..................... ? B: .......................... Russia.
1 ,... VOCABULARY • Titles and names Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. Titles t "'1 Mr. ./ 2 Mrs. 3 Miss ./ I f1./ ./ Be careful! Mr. Brendan Hu OR Mr. Hu Mrs. Lisa Hu OR Mrs. Hu NOTMF. BroAdaR , NOTMFS. Lisa 4 Ms. ./ ./ Mr. Breldal tlv S first name Mrr. Lira Mv 6 last name VOCABULARY BOOSTER More titles • p. 126 2 PAIR WORK Introduce yourself to a classmate. H Hi. I'm Mr. Wilson. " Use a title and your last name. H Nice to meet you, Mr. Wilson. "J 3 :3 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen. Circle the correct information. Then listen again and check your answers. 1 @Mr. 0Mrs. G:J( Bryant 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. @Mr. 4 0Mr. ® Mrs. carr�eJ[_Dav��on 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. 0Mrs. LJa�� 1 [Davis�!:_! 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. 14 UNIT 2 2 0Mr. 0Mrs. 0Miss @Ms. Brenda : [ Corsun 1 first name last name 5 0Mr. 0Mrs [iiresa ® Miss first name 0Ms. l [ Walder last name @Mr. 3 @Mr. 0Mrs. Damian ' ( Bao 0Miss first name last name QMs. 6 QMr. 0Mrs. Rita Bernal 0Miss first name last name @Ms. 0Mrs. ( Mauricio 1 ( Escobar 0Miss first name last name 0Ms.
4 VOCABULARY PRACTICE Fill out the forms. Check the correct titles. first name last name Your teacher: · 0 Mr. 0 Mrs. [J Miss O Ms. first name -1�tname __,___________---:.--..-�.J,...:. Tell someone your first and last name 1 � • CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. 0 Mr. 0 Mrs. 0 Miss 0 Ms. first name ��������� last name A: What's your last name, please? B: Fava. A: Thank you, Mr. Fava. B: You're welcome. A: And your first name? B: My first name? Bob. 2 J• RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own names. Write your partner's information on the form. Then change roles. A: What's your last name, please? B: ......... . first name A: And your first name? � RECYCLE THIS LANGUAGE. B: My first name? ......... . A: Thank you, ......... . B: You're welcome. Ask more questions. OONlSTOP! 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. How do you spell that? What do you do? Where are you from? www.irLanguage.com last name UNIT2 15
VOCABULARY • Numbers 0-20 Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 0 1 2 3 4 5 zero one two three four five 6 six l seven 8eight 9 nine 11 eleven 12 twelve 1Jthirteen 14 fourteen 15 16 1? 18 19 20 fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty 3 GRAMMAR • Be: information questions with What What's his name? (Mark Crandall.) (Crandall.) 2 What's his last name? What's Ellen's address? What's her e-mail address? What's her occupation? What's their phone number? (18 Main Street.) (Doverl4@hipnet.com.) (She's a writer.) (835-555-0037.) PAIR WORK Read a number aloud from the picture. Your partner writes the number on a separate piece of paper. What is , What's I How to say e-mail addresses and phone numbers: Say "dover fourteen at hipnet dot com." Say "oh" for zero: 0037 = "oh-oh-three-seven." What are their first names? (Luis and Samuel.) :,.-- ������----..����---------.......--=-...._.-..........--=--............----=-----=-'' '= 4 PRONUNCIATION • Stress in two-word pairs Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH • • first name • • • phone num ber • • • • e-mail address 5 .-: LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the information. Then listen again and check your work. Valerie Mathilda Joreph NAME PHONE NUMBER E-MAIL Peterrot ------------ ______ @ ______ ------------ 16 UNIT 2
6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions. 1 A: .'1!'!�1".t�.ir........ address? B: 11 Main Street. 2 A: .................. ......phone number? B: 22-63-140. 3 A: ......................... address? B: 18 Bank Street. lilIBim MORE EXERCISES 4 A: ......................... phone number? 5 A: ......................... e-mail address? 6 A: .........................phone number? B: 878-456-0055. B: It's sgast@mp.net. �1ww11n11�M1 Get someone's contact information 1 11"'..1.l:i CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What's your name? B: Dave Mitchell. A: And what's your phone number? B: 523-6620. A: 523-6620? B: That's right. 2 11"'11�.4 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. �3 Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Write your partner's answers on a separate sheet of paper. Then change roles. A: What's your ......... ? B: .......... DON1STOP! A: And what's your ......... ? B: ......... . A: ......... ? B: That's right. Continue the conversation. Ask more questions. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Get other classmates' contact information. B: 44-78-35. first name I last name address I e-mail address Thank you. You're welcome. Nice to meet you. Good-bye. UNIT 2 17
... J!l1l!llill 1 READING Read about six famous people. Where are they from? V j V .::�--- This is Nadia Santini. Where is Ms. Santini - from? She's from Italy. And what's her occupation? She's a chef. This is Vincent Lam. Mr. Lam has two occupations. He's a doctor and a writer. He's from Canada. V This is Chris Botti, from the U.S. What's his occupation? He's a musician. This is Diana Haddad. What's her occupation? Ms. Haddad Is a singer. She's from � Lebanon. V This is Li Na. She's from China. What's Ms. Li's occupation? She's an athlete. This is Sophie Okoneda. Ms. Okoneda is from the U.K. What's her - occupation? She's an actor. MORE -.. EXERCISES 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about people in the Reading. Use the verb be. " Is Nadia Santini a doctor? " IsVincent Lam from '' the United States? '' 3 SPEAKING Point to the people in the photos. Ask your partner questions about their contact information. a 22 Bank St. [I) pmatson@ccc.com Lisa Kim • 25-61-0078 • 34-67-9899 IE lisa.kim@hipnet.com a 13 Quinn St. '' Where's Ms. Okoneda from? ,' GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 2 review • p. 136 For add1t1onal languagepractice. nTOPNOTCH Iii •Lyrics p, 150 �Excuse Me, Please" .. ... ... lllEll .. ......lllmll SONG KARAOl<E 18 UNIT 2
PERSONAL INFORMATION First name: Address: Phone: I Last name: I e-mail: u�1�1 ul:oj �JD www.irLanguage.com PAIR WORK 1 Create a conversation for the people in Photo 1. Complete the form with your partner's information. Start like this: WJ-.at 1 5 yovr_? 2 Create a conversation for the people in Photo 2. Introduce the man and the woman. Start like this: TJ-.i5 i5 _. fie'5 my_. WRITING Write sentences about your relationships. For example: INancy i5 my friend. 5'1e 1 5 a 5tvdent. Her I ila5t name i5 Lee. 5J-.e 1 5 from Vancouver. Ryan i5 my collea9ve. He 1 5 a . . . WRITING BOOSTER p. 146 Guidance for this writing exercise NOWI CAN D Introduce people. D Tell someone my first and last name. D Get someone's contact information. UNIT2 19
lillilWI FlASH CARDS www.irLanguage.com UNIT Places and How to Get There mmIJralk about locations / 11 .,. VOCABULARY• Places in the neighborhood Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 a restaurant 1 a bank 4 a school S a newsstand 2 II": . LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Write the places you hear. 1 ................................. 3 ................................. 2 ................................. 4 ................................. 3 PAIR WORK Say the name of a place. Your partner writes the word. 1ij111',11�111:1tff:Ii11)�1R1M�i1 Talk about locations. 2 Discuss how to get places. 3 Discuss transportation. 3 a pharmacy 6 a bookstore K!M•M:t•1•·i;i1:t•t•�ii!il More places • p. 126 VOCABULARY• Locations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 across the street 20 UNIT 3 2 down the street 3 around the corner 4 on the left 5 on the right 6 next to the bank 7 between the bookstore and the bank
5 PAIR WORK Take turns making statements about the places. H The bank is across the street. " 3.________., 6 GRAMMAR• Be: Questions with Where I Subject pronoun f! Ask questions with Where for locations. Contractions Where's the restaurant? Where is -+ Where's It is -+ It's Use !! to replace the names of places. �--- ----- It's down the street. (!!=the restaurant) "Vm�i s "" • PRONUNCIATION• Falling intonation for questions with COACH Where Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. � � 1 Where is it? 3 Where's the school? � � 2 Where's the bank? 4 Where's the newsstand? _1Wl)ll1HIJ�!,�I Talk about locations 1 ..,/1;52 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A:Excuse me. Where's the bank? B: The bank? It's around the corner. A:Thanks! B:You're welcome. 2 .... 1:53 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Find the people on the map. Talk about the location of the places. Then change roles. A:Excuse me. Where's the .........? B:.........? It's ......... . A:Thanks! DONlSTOP! B:You're welcome. Ask about another location. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other locations. 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Read the sentences. Write questions and answers. Answer with It's. 1 The pharmacy is across the street. A: ..Wh�x�tthr.P.h!lt".".'.<?.c;y............. ? B:..W�.����f�J��Jtr.f!.�r........ 2 Billy's Restaurant is around the corner. A: ................................................. ? B: ·········································· 3 The newsstand is on the left. A: ................................................. ? B:......................................... . 4 The bookstore is next to the school. A:·················································? B:·········································· UNIT3 21
www.irLan a e.com ·rn� i VOCABULARY • Ways to get places Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS Si!.ilill MORE EXERCISES 1 walk 2 drive 2 GRAMMAR • The imperative 3 take a taxi Use imperatives to give instructions and directions. Affirmative imperatives Negative imperatives Drive [to the bank]. Don't walk. Take the bus [to the pharmacy]. Don't take the train. Don't = Do not 3 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Follow the directions. Partner A: Read a direction. Partner B: Say the letter of the correct picture. 1 Walk to the bookstore. 2 Don't drive to the restaurant. 3 Take the bus to the bank. 4 Don't walk to the pharmacy. 5 Drive down the street. Partner B: Read a direction. Partner A: Say the letter of the correct picture. 6 Take the bus down the street. 7 Don't take the bus to the bank. 8 Walk to the bank. 9 Take a taxi to the restaurant. 10 Drive to the pharmacy. 22 UNIT3 u�1�1 ul:oj e;?.JD www.irLanguage.com 4 take the train ® ��:"' �.· ·.j,- . ·�( .,,hr� 5 take the bus • @ wa:r,.,·,s+w �r----i CD � . . BOOKS· -·<
EI!llml VIDEO 4 , LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Write the directions. Use an affirmative and a negative imperative. 1 .!'?.�.�.t�.�)�?:.1?.�.')'.t.�r.i��·.. 3 ......................................... 2 ......................................... 4 ········································· Discuss how to get places 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Can I walk to the bookstore? B: The bookstore? Sure. A: And what about the school? B: The school? Don't walk. Drive. A: OK. Thanks! 2 � •il RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation, using the photos. Ask how to get to places in the neighborhood. Then change roles. A: Can I walk to the ......... ? B: The ......... ? Sure. A: And what about the ......... ? B: The ......... ? Don't walk.......... . A: OK. Thanks! =m·.woo;ct,;.r.,,� . "'1rLanguage.oom DONTSTOP! Talk about locations. across the street. down the street. It's around the corner. next to the_ between the _and the 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about more places. 5 ......................................... www.irLanguage.com UNIT 3 23
=l VOCABULARY • Means of transportation Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS lllll!lml MORE EXERCISES 1 a car 2 a bicycle 4 a subway 5 a motorcycle 2 PAIR WORK Take turns. Spell a vocabulary word aloud. Your partner writes the word. 3 GRAMMAR • � to express means by taxi by bicycle by motorcycle 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen. Circle the means of transportation you hear. 2 5 24 UNIT 3 (J�l�I u�j �Y' www.irLanguage.com 3 a moped Also remember: a bus a train a taxi
·=5 VOCABULARY • Destinations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS ·11 go to work 2 go home 6 1')1111 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Use a !2y phrase to write the means of transportation. Then check the box for work, home, or school. 1 2 3 4 Means of transportation Ihy cor II Discuss transportation CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: How do you go to school? B: By subway. What about you? A: Me? I walk. RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model ;:-with a partner. CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Ask about work, school, and home. Then change roles. A: How do you go .........? B: .......... What about you? A: Me? .......... CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. I&I_J l_j 0 LJ u _J t.J l_j 3 go to school u _J ,..J I_J LJ u
..llllm1ll MORE EXERCISES 1 READING Read about how people go to work and school. I'm a manager of a bank. My name is Laura Blake. I go to work by car with my neighbor from across the street, Brad Lane. We're colleagues at the bank. I'm Mark Jackson. I'm an architect. My office is down the street from my home. I can walk to work. I'm lucky! I'm Min Park, and I'm a doctor from Miami. I go to work by train. I take the train home, too. 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer the questions. ,, Is Min Park a banker? ,, is my teacher, Mr. Green. My school is right around the corner from my home, so I walk to school with my friends. We walk home together, too. I'm Art Green. I'm Matt's teacher. Can I walk to school? No way! My home is not around the corner from the school. I take the bus to and from school. 1 Is Mark Jackson a doctor? ,, No, she's not. She's a doctor. ,,j 2 Is Brad Lane Laura Blake's friend or her colleague? 3 Is Mr. Lane Ms. Blake's neighbor? 4 Is Matt Carson a student? 5 What is Matt's teacher's name? 6 Is Dr. Park from Miami? 7 Where is Mark Jackson's office? 8·Your own question: .........................................? 3 GROUP WORK On the board, make a map of places near your school. Write the names of the places. Then take turns describing the locations of the places. Where's the (pharmacy)? It's_. Can I (walk) to the [restaurant)? Take I Don't take the [bus]. m,rLanguage.c.., GRAMMAR BOOSTER 28 UNIT3 u�1.H1 u�j �y, www.irLanguage.com Unit3 review • p. 137
CONTEST Study the picture for one minute. Then close your books. Who can remember all of the locations? For example: TJ,e rcJiool ir down tJie rtreet. PAIR WORK Create conversations for the people. For example: A: How do yov 90 to Work? B: By bvr. WRITING Write five questions and answers about locations in the picture for the people at the bus stop. For example: Where'r tJ,e rertavrant? WRITING UOOSTEH p.146 CONTEST Study tht plcturt lor on• minute, Thtn cloM your book1, Who un 1tm1mbtr 111 ol tht loutlon11,or ..amplo: TJ.e rchool if do""" the rt,,.et. PAIR WORK CrNlt conw111tlon1 for lht pt0pl1, for ...mplt: A: .Ho,ol do yov 90 to Work? 6. 6y �"'· WRITING Writo flw qut1tlon1 Ind 1n1wor1 ibout loc1tlon1 In lht plcturt lor lht ptOplt 11 tht bus 110p, ,or 1X1mplt: WJ.e,e'r the ,ertov,011t? It'r ocroH tJ..e rtred. how to get places. m•lliJJlflji> transportation. UNIT3 27
UNIT Family miJrII dentify people in your family 1ij1)1',I�,11):It@!111,1:1H1M�iIdentify people in your family. 2 Describe your relatives. 3 Talk about your family. 1 VOCABULARY • Family relationships Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 PAIR WORK Point to two people in the family. Describe their relationship. '' She's his daughter." 3 � LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to a man identify people in his family. Check the correct photo. 2 3 4 s 6 28 UNIT 4
4 GRAMMAR• Be: questions with Who Who is he? (He's my dad.*) Who's Louise? (She's my mom.*) Who are they? (They're my sisters.) Who are Nina and Jan? (They're my daughters.) Contractions ,,__________________...,.,,,..,.....__..,..,.__=_,,,,,,___,.=..,....... Who is , Who's Be careful! Who are NOT WhtHe * mom and dad = informal for mother and father 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write questions. Use Who's or Who are and � she, or they. l!ll!lmJ MORE EXERCISES 1 A: )1hr/�hf................... ? B: He's my grandfather. 2 A: ................................. ? B: She's my mother. 3 A: .................................? B: He's Mr. Fine's grandson. Identify people in your family 1 �2:04 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Who's that? B: That's my father. A: And who are they? B: They're my sisters, Mindy and Jen. 2 �2:0S RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Bring in photos of the people in your family (OR write their names). With a partner, personalize the conversation. Then change roles. A: Who's that? B: That's ......... . A: And ......... ? B: ......... . NlSIOPI Talk about occupations. Ask more questions. He's I She's [an engineer]. They're [architects]. What's his I her name? What are their names? How do you spell that? 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. 4 A: ................................. ? B: They're Pat's grandparents. 5 A: ................................. ? B: She's Ed's wife. 6 A: .................................? B: They're my brother and sister. UNIT 4 29
li1Dllli!I Fl.ASH CARDS 1 ( VOCABULARY• Adjectives to describe people Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. VOCABULARY BOOSTER More adjectives • p. 127 1 short 2 tall 3 old 4 young 7 good-looking 8 cute 2 GRAMMAR• Be with adjectives IAdverbs very and so Describe people with a form of be and an adjective. She's pretty. They're good-looking. He's handso111e. Your children are cute. The adverbs very and so make adjectives stronger. 3 PAIR WORK Use the Vocabulary to describe people in your class. " Gina and Deborah are very pretty. ,, They're very good-looking. She's so pretty. He's very handsome. Your children are so cute. very=! so=!!! 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Circle the adjective that describes each person. 1 Her husband is (handsome I tall I old). 4 His son is (tall I good-looking I short). 2 His daughter is (tall I good-looking I cute). 5 Her father is (tall I old I short). 3 Her brothers are (tall I good-looking I young). 6 His sisters are (tall I good-looking I short). 5 VOCABULARYI GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the photos. Complete each sentence with a form of be and an adjective• . ���������. 1 Your sisters ............. 2 Your daughter ............. so ......................... . so ......................... 1 3 Our grandfather ............. very ......................... . 30 UNIT 4
liliill1ll MORE EXERCISES 4 Her husband S His wife ............. so 6 Her brother ............. very .........................• .........................1 6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write three sentences about people in your family. Use adjectives and the adverbs� or so to describe the people. 1 ............................................................................................. 2 ····························································································· 3 ............................................................................................. Describe your relatives 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Tell me about your father. B: Well, he's a doctor. And he's very tall. A: And how about your mother? B: She's an engineer. She's very pretty. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Describe your relatives. Then change roles. A: Tell me about your .......... B: Well, .......... And .......... A: And how about your .........? B: · ..· ..··· · DUNTSTOP! Ask about other people in your partner's family. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other classmates' relatives. very .......................... d�motJ.er i5 ver tall.
lillilBI MORE EXERCISES 1 GRAMMAR • Verb have I has: affirmative statements You i have a brother. We i They He She 1 has three sisters. 2 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences. Use have or has. Then complete the sentence about your own family. 1 Mark ................. two brothers. S Carl and Anna ................. two children. 2 Mrs. Stevens ................. five grandsons. 6 She ................. five sisters. 3 They ................. a granddaughter. 7 They ................. no brothers or sisters. 4 We ................. twelve grandchildren. �,......................................................... . =3 VOCABULARY • Numbers 21-101 Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. .. · j,�·Jti 4COACH IItwenty-one IItwenty-five mtwenty-two IItwenty-s;, IItwenty-iliree IItwenty-seven IItwenty-four 111•wenty..;ght PRONUNCIATION • Numbers Listen and repeat. Then practice saying the numbers on your own. 13•30 14•40 15•so 16· 60 17•70 18•80 19•90 32 UNIT 4 IItwenty-n;ne IIforty 11,;ghty llm;r1y ll filty ll n;nety IIm;rty-one 11,..,y IIone hundred 11m;rty.two 11-nty IIone hundred one 5 PAIR WORK Take turns saying a number from the chart. Your partner circles the number. 23 � 45 40 18 94 21 20 14 58 102 43 89 90, 44 53 13 -- i- 30 19 I 60 99 22 I 50 I 52 100 15 47 33 54 17 I 66 77 70 64 78 95 J 80 87 I l 101 1 31
6 GRAMMAR • Be: questions with How old How old is How old are he? she? your sister? they? your parents? (He's nineteen years old.) (She's thirty-three.) (She's twenty.) (They're twenty-nine.) (They're fifty and fifty-two.) 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions. Use How old is or How old are. llll!llm MORE XERCISES 1 ................................. your sister? 2 ................................. Matt's parents? 3 ................................. your grandfather? Talk about your family 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: I have one brother and two sisters. B: Really? How old is your brother? A: Twenty. B: And your sisters? A: Eighteen and twenty-two. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 'lro 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Talk about your own family. Then change roles. A: I have .......... B: Really? How old ......... ? A: ......... . B: And your .........? A: .......... DON1ST0P! Ask more questions. Tell me about your [mother]. And your [father]? How about your [grandparents]? What's his I her name? What are their names? What's his I her occupation? What are their occupations?'-- �� � ���� ���__J 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. 4 ................................. Helen's husband? 5 ................................. her children? 6 ................................. his son? UNIT 4 33
.. ... lllll!lrill MORE EXEIICISES 1 IJooi READING Read about some famous actors and their families and friends. This is Gael Garcia Bernal, on the left, with his good friend, Diego Luna, on the right. Mr. Garcfa Bernal is a famous actor from Mexico. J-!is parents, Patricia Bernal and Jose Angel Garcfa, are actors, too. He has one sister and two brothers. Mr. Luna is also an actor. Many people think they are both . very handsome. -..._...______,_ Dakota Fanning is a movie actor. Her YC?Unger sister, Elle, is also an actor in movies. They are from the United States, and they are both very pretty. Their father, Steven Fanning, is a salesman, and their mother, Heather Joy, is an athlete. Dakota and Elle are also students. Meet Jay Chou, a famous singer from Taiwan. He is also an excellent musician and an actor. His parents are both teachers. Mr. Chou has no brothers or sisters. His girlfriend is Hannah Quinlivan. Her father is from Australia, and her mother is from Taiwan. Her Chinese name is Kun Ling. She is very young and pretty. 2 READING COMPREHENSION Read about the people again. Complete the sentences. 1 Gael Garcfa Bernal is Diego Luna's ................. . 4 Elle Fanning is Heather Joy's ................. 2 Patricia Bernal, Jose Angel Garcfa, and Diego S Mr. Chou's ................. is good-looking. Luna are all ................. . 6 Jay Chou's parents have one ................. . 3 Heather Joy is Steven Fanning's ................. . 3 PAIR WORK Interview your partner. Complete the notepad with information about your partner's family. Relative's name 00119 Relation�hi broH.er l_AIILj�upatlon L De_sq!ption .!!__ _m,de11t 1 He'rvery tall. Relative's na� R�atlonshi� Ag� Occu atlon _ Description,_____, - --•---- 4 GROUP WORK Now tell your classmates about your partner's family. �� Doug is Laura's brother. ''JHe's 14. . . . _ GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 4 review • p. 137 For add1t1onal language pr,Httcf.' nn,IIJtl Ill •Lyrics p. 150 "Tell Me All About It" ····- ·········-SONG t KARAOKE ____.. 34 UNIT 4
lllll!lml GAMES PAIR WORK 1 Ask and answer questions about the people in the two photos. For example: A: Who'r Elle"? B: She'r Natalie'r mother. A: Ir Mia Elle"'r dav9hter? B: No, rhe'r "ot She'r her ... 2 Take turns making statements about the family relationships. For example: Matt har two childre". Nora ir hir dav9hter. DESCRIPTION Choose a photo. Use adjectives to describe the people in each family. For example: =m·....=;d;.r«� 0 "'irLanguage.com Mia ir very cvte. I ' WRITING Choose two of your relatives. Write sentences about them. For example: My rirter is 2� years old. She's rho!t a"d 9ood-looki"9· She'r a" arch!i'ect Her "ame ir... WRITING BOOSTER p.147 Guidance for this writing exercise D Identify people in my family. , D Describe my relatives. 0 Talk about my family. NIT4 35
": 1 ';i2COACH 3 4 36 UNIT Events and Times [ffiEJConfirm that you're o � ime I 1K,11�1t111:1t�11t,1:1a,mi1Confirm that you're on time. 2 Talk about the time of an event. 3 Ask about birthdays. VOCABULARY • What time Is it? Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 It's one o'clock. 2 It's one fifteen. OR It's a quarter after one. 3 It's one twenty. OR It's twenty after one. 4 It's one thirty. OR It's half past one. 0:00 to 11:59 = A.M. 12:00 to 23:59 = P.M. S It's one forty. OR It's twenty to two. 6 It's one forty-five. OR It's a quarter to two. -7 It's noon. PRONUNCIATION • Sentence rhythm Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. - ' .. ") (;.2 r,n :---· 1-­l'c UL'...5l • • • � :· ,.·1._·1_ . 8 It's midnight. 1 It's TEN after FIVE. 2 It's TWENty to ONE. 3 It's a QUARter to TWO. PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE Read the times in the Vocabulary aloud again. Pay attention to sentence rhythm. PAIR WORK Look at the map. Ask your partner about times around the world. Say each time two ways. '' What time is it in Vancouver? ...� Honolulu " It's nine forty A.M. 7:40AM It's twenty to ten. UNITS � 'I. Capetown 7:40PM Say "eight A.M." or "eight P.M." JI 10 a • a . ..7 •• � 't
VOCABULARY• Early, on time, and late Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. £-,Ii"'� It=.. ---------.- 1 She's early. 2 They're on time. Confirm that you're on time 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What time is the meeting? B: 10:00. A: Uh-oh. Am I late? B: No, you're not. It's five to ten. A: Five to ten? B: That's right. You're early. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Use the pictures and the times. Then change roles. A: What time is the .........? B: .......... A: Uh-oh. Am I late? B: .......... It's .......... A: .........? B: That's right. You're .......... 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Change the conversation again. www.irLanguage.com 3 He's late. UNIT 5 37
VOCABULARY BOOSTER -= 1 VOCABULARY • Events Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More events • p. 127 1 a party 2 a dance 3 a game 4 a dinner 5 a movie 6 a concert 2 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen to the conversations about events. Write the event and circle the time. 1 ......................... (7:15 / 7:45) 4 ......................... (12:00 A.M. / 12:00 P.M.) 2 ......................... (8:00 I 9:00) 5 ......................... (9:15 / 9:50) 3 ......................... (3:30 / 3:15) 6 ......................... (12:00 A.M. / 12:00 P.M.) 3 VOCABULARY • Days ofthe weel< Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 4 GRAMMAR • Be: questions about time IPrepositions!! and on What time is it? (It's) five twenty. What time's the party? (It's) at nine thirty. What day is the concert? (It's) on Saturday. When's the dance? I (It's) at ten o'clock. i (It's) on Friday at 10:00 P.M. - Contractions """'"'m·: u,;o,;.r,,, 0 "'1rLanguage.com What time is -+ What time's What day is -+ What day's When is -+ When's Be careful! What time is it? NOT What t;..,,:., it? When is it? NOT Wh...,.'., it? 38 UNIT 5
l!mllm MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions and answers. Use contractions when possible. 1 A: When ......... the party? 3 A: What ......... the concert? 5 A: ......... the dance? B: It's ......... 11:00 P.M. B: It's ......... 8:30. B: It's ......... Friday at 9:00. 2 A: ......... day's the game? 4 A: What ......... the dinner? 6 A: What ......... the class? B: It's ......... Saturday. 8: It's ......... Tuesday. B: It's ......... noon. 6 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversation. Write the events on the calendar. 6:30 7:00 7:15 5:30 6:30 7:00 7:15 Talk about the time of an event 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. 2 A: Look. There's a dance on Wednesday. 8: Great! What time? A: 10:30. At Pat's Restaurant. B: Really? Let's meet at 10:15. RHYTHM AND INTONATION listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Ask about an event. Use these events or your own events. Then change roles. A: Look. There's a ......... on ......... . B: Great! What time? A: .......... At ......... . B: Really? Let's meet at ......... . Basketball Game Saturday 10:00 A.M. At Athlete Central 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Talk about different events. ,,.,eetin 5:30 6:30 7:00 7:15 5:30 5:30 6:30 6:30 7:00 7:00 7:15 7:15 UNIT 5 39
IIIIB1I 1 VOCABULARY • Ordinal numbers Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th first second third fourth fifth 6th 7th 9th 9th 10th sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth 21st 22nd th th twenty-first twenty-second thirtieth fortieth fiftieth 2 PAIR WORK Say a number. Your partner says the ordinal number. " three " 3 VOCABULARY • Months of the year Read and listen. " third " Then listen again and repeat. January February March Apri l May June SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 56 7 56 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 56 7 8 2 3 4 56 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 56 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 13 14 1516 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 1513 14 1516 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1516 17 18 19 20 21 19 20 21 22 23 24 2516 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 2526 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 2526 27 28 uvu��� ���uvu n��uvu�vu�� �uvu��� �� 30 31 July August September October November December SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 56 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 56 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 56 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 58 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 56 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 1516 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 1516 14 1516 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 1516 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 1514 1516 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 2526 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 2526 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 2516 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 2526 27 vu��� ���v������ uvu��� n��uvu�u��� � � � 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the dates. Circle the dates on the calendar. 5 PAIR WORK Say a date from the calendar. Your partner writes the date. ,, July thirty-first " Jvly �lrt 40 UNITS
[ill!lim MORE :XERCISES 6 GRAMMAR • Prepositions m, Q!!. and at for dates and times: summary When's the party? When's the dance? When's the dinner? What day's the meeting? What time's the movie? What time's the dance? It's in January. It's on January 15111 • It's on the 12111 • It's on Tuesday. It's at noon. It's at 8:30. Be careful! in the morning in the afternoon in the evening BUT at night "1'"'8'-="iji!J 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences. Use !n, Q!!, or at. 1 The concert is ......... July 14th ......... 3:00 ......... the afternoon. 2 The dinner is ......... December ......... the 6111. 3 The party is ......... midnight ......... Saturday. 4 The movie is ......... November 1st ......... 8:30 P.M. 5 The game is ......... Wednesday ......... noon. 6 The meeting is at the State Bank ......... 11 :00 ......... the morning ......... July 18th . Ask about birthdays 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: When's your birthday? B: On July 15th . When's your birthday? A: My birthday's in November. On the 1-3t11. 2 � RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. A: When's your birthday? B: ......... . When's your birthday? A: My birthday's .......... DONTSTOP! Ask your partner questions about other people's birthdays. Complete the chart. brother's birthday: sister's birthday: mother's birthday: father's birthday: 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other people's birthdays. 1� On someone's birthday say: Happy birthday! ,p 1 . ..... ..... .. . " Thank you! " J UNIT 5 41
El!i!l1.i1I MORE EXERCISES www.irLanguage.com 1 READING Read the announcements. What are the events this week? The Daily Express Events for the week of June 20th PARTY June 21" is Sally Neufield's birthday! 90 years old, and so young! When:Tuesday, June 21", 7:00 P.M. Where: Chuck's Cafe, around the corner from the bank. Don't belate! MOVIE English actor Peter Sellers in The Party An oldie but goodie! Friday, June 24'" at 8:30 P.M. At the New School 58 Post Street DANCE Both young and old are welcome! Where: Casey's Restaurant, on Main Street, next to the Mrs. Books Bookstore When: Saturday, June 25th at 8:30 P.M. MEETING Bank Managers Association Thursday, June 23'd, from 9:00 A.M. to 2:00 P.M. At Family Bank 58 New Street Between Kim's Newsstand and Carson's Bookstore 2 READING COMPREHENSION Correct all the mistakes. Use information from the Reading. eig J,t 1 The dance is at half past os,,e-. 6 The dance is at the bookstore. 2 The movie is at 8:30 A.M. 3 The meeting is at 2:00 P.M. 7 The meeting is at the New School. 8 The party is at Casey's restaurant. GAME Volleyball! Sunday, June 26'" 2:00 P.M. Branfield School on Fitch Avenue, between 1" Street and 2"d Street 4 The birthday party is at midnight. 5 The birthday party is on the 22nd. 9 Branfield School is between a newsstand and a bookstore. 10 The game is on Saturday. 3 GROUP WORK Ask about classmates' birthdays. Complete the chart. Capricorn Dec. 22-Jan. 20 Sagittarius Nov. 22- Dec. 21 Scorpio Oct23 - Nov. 21 Aquarius Jan.21-Feb. 19 Name Libra Sep. 23- Oct22 Pisces Feb. 20- Mar. 20 Birthday Virgo Aug. 24- Sep. 22 Aries Mar. 21 -Apr.20 Zodiac Sign Leo Jul 23- Aug. 23 Taurus Apr. 21-May21 Gemini May22-Jun.21 Cancer Jun. 22-Jul 22 GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 5 review • p. 138 Jor .tddltton,,11,mguttg� prnct1c(• m;m fJ TOPNOTCH - • Lyrics p. 150 Mlet's Make a Date" ...... lllllllliD SONG 42 UNIT 5 www.irLanguage.com
llll1!lliJJ GAMES PAIR WORK Create conversations for the people. 1 Talk about the events. For example: Look.There'r a _ ... 2 Confirm that you are on time for an event. For example: Whattime'rthe _? CONTEST Study the events for one minute. Then close your books. Who can remember all the times, dates, and locations? For example: WRITING Write five sentences about the events or ones in your town. For example: -JThere'r a diMer ori Friday, May zot/., at... - ---....._..,.__......---.. ----... ....._____..._______,t WRITING BOOSTER p. 147 Guidance tor this writing exercise • MAY 2(
UNIT Clothes u�1�1 o�je..JD IIDJlII Give and accept a compl � ent .1 1Q11,,,I,�II)�Itff:iit11�1tt1Mii1 Give and accept a compliment. 2 Ask for colors and sizes. 3 Describe clothes. VOCABULARY BOOSTER ·�m·� 1 1 2:3l VOCABULARY • Clothes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More clothes • p. 128 CARDS 1 a shirt 2 a sweater 4 a jacket 5 a skirt 3 a tie 6 shoes 7 a dress 8 a suit 9 a blouse 10 pants* * Pants is a plural noun. Use fil, not� with pants. "erJ�g 2 mils PRONUNCIATION • Plural nouns Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH 1 (Zill shirts= shirt/s/ jackets= jacket/s/ 2[/z/] shoes= shoe/z/ sweaters= sweater/z/ 3 GRAMMAR • Demonstratives tl11§, that. these. those this sweater that sweater these ties 3 (11z/J blouses= blouse/1z/ dresses= dress/1z/ those ties 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the pictures. Writethis. that. these. or those and the name of the clothes. 1 ..th.'?1.f!.}=!�k�.tr........... 2 ................................. 3 ................................. 4 ................................. 44 UNITS
....�--·�-�...:.._ . -' - - --=���-.,,-�;e,,,�, - ... �f�:.::�::.t:=��,-�}:::._ .'.·. ·· ···.·.sifi�ii���·:·;;:-�··:::!� 5 ................................. 6 ................................. 7 ................................. 8 ................................. 5 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: affirmative statements with � want. need, and have I You We They Sara and Jim like want need have those sweaters. Tina likes these shoes. She wants that shirt. He She Cassie Ivan likes wants needs has those sweaters, too. Rob needs a book. Now he has a book. 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each statement with the correct form of the verb. 1 I ............... your tie. 4 Peter ............... that jacket. like I likes have / has 2 My friends ............... this suit. 5 We ............... our dresses. want I wants like I likes "�J�: 3 Janet ............... this skirt. 6 Sue and Tara ............... those suits. JCERCISES need I needs want I wants Give and accept a compliment 1 �..2:3.9- CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: I really like that dress. B: Really? A: Yes. And I like those shoes, too! B: Thank you! A: You're welcome. 2 �2:40 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Personalize the conversation. Compliment your partner on his or her clothes and shoes. Then change roles. A: I really like ........ . B: Really? A: Yes. And I like ........ , tool OONlSTOP!B: ........ 1 A: You're welcome. Talk about other clothes. I 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Compliment other classmates' clothes. Ia1 For he, she, and it, add ·s to the base form:- - like -+ likes want -+ wants need -+ needs 3UT: have -+ has www.irLanguage.com
Ask for colors and sizes "= 1 Ii': • VOCABULARY • Colors and sizes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS l1lI!IWJ MORE EXERCISES COLORS SIZES t I 12 medium 1 white 2 gray 3 black 4 red 5 orange I I I 14 extra large 6 yellow 7 green 8 blue 9 purple 2 PAIR WORK Make two statements about your clothes. 10 brown ,, My shoes are brown. ,, My shirt is medium. 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: negative statements and�/ no questions with fil!!b want. need. and have Negative statements I I don't want irLaaguage.com Contractions You : don't need : extra large. They: don't have He doesn't like doesn't need , red shirts.She doesn't have : do not -+ don't does not -+ doesn't Yes I no questions want Do: you need they have he like Does need she have the suitin large? Yes,: those shoes in black? Yes, we do. No,! we don't. they they he hedoes. No,: doesn't. she she 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb. Use contractions. 1 A: .....OP.... your children . h<;i.Y�... sweaters for 4 A: ........... you ........... that green school? have shirt? like B: My daughter ..-��er .., but my son ..��ern'.t . 2 A: ........... your husband ........... a black tie? need B: No, he ............ He ........... two black ties. have 3 A: I ....... .. a blue suit for work. .. you need B: Yes, I ............ B: Actually, no, I ......... 5 A: We . ............. the clothes in this store. not like B: Really? That's too bad. We 6 A: ........... you ........... this black jacket in size 34? have B: No, I'm sorry. We ...... .... . 46 UNIT6
5 �la_ll LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations about clothes. Check each statement T (true) or F (false). Then listen again and circle the color. T F T F D D 1 They like the dress. -S -a- t D D 4 He needs a tie. - .•� -a- t D D 2 He needs shoes. -S -a t D D 5 She needs the sweater in small. ... -a- D D 3 Matt needs a suit for work. -- 1/[H)ll'llliI�:1:I Ask for colors and sizes 1 n:4 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Do you have this sweater in green? B: Yes, we do. 2 ,�..2:44 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Ask for colors and sizes of clothes for you and a relative. Use the pictures. Then change roles. A: Do you have ......... in .........? B: ......... . A: .......... And my ......... needs .......... Do you have ......... in .........? B: .......... A: .......... 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Practice the conversation again. Ask about other clothes. h>_·'"'"'°;ct,;.r.,.� �1rLanguage.�om 0 D 6 They don't have his size. -a -a- -- www.irLanguage.com A: Great. And my husband needs a shirt. Do you have that shirt in large? B: No, I'm sorry. We don't. A: That's too bad. UNIT 6 47
'rt'lli!l 2· VOCABULARY • Opposite adjectives to describe clothes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat CARDS lil!!lif.ll MORE EXERCISES 1 new 2 old 3 dirty 5 loose 6 tight 7 cheap 2 GRAMMAR• Adjective placement Adjectives come before the nouns they describe. 4 clean 9 long 10 short 8 expensive 3 PAIR WORK Look at your classmates. Take turns describing their clothes. a long skirt tight shoes a red and black tie , , Allen has new shoes ,, Adjectives don't change. a clean shirt I clean shirts NOT -GleaAs shirts Place very before adjectives. The skirt is very long. It's a very long skirt. Be careful! It's a long skirt. NOT It's asl1iFtleRg. , , Joe's shoes are old. pp He needs new shoes. 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write two descriptions for each picture. Follow the model. rr:i..11 '/l h .·�,•. ! ! I I � I I I J j � · 1 I !/,' :lJJ1 1 The ..P.!�.'!.��L are ..........�,��'! They're .....c..l��!L�.l.C?.�f.�.L....... . 3 The ................. are very .................. They're very ................................. . 2 The ................. is ................. . It's ................................. · 48 UNIT&
liJl!li1JJ MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: questions with What. What color. What size. Why. and Which I One and ones Use a question word and do or does to ask information questions in the simple present tense. What do you need? (A blue and white tie.) What does she want? (New shoes.) Use because to answer questions with Whv. Why do they want that suit? (Because it's nice.) Why does he like this tie? (Because it's green.) Use What color and What size to ask about color and size. What color do you want? (Black.) What size does he need? (Extra large.) Use Which to ask about choice. Answer with one or ones. Which sweater do you want? (The blue one.) Which shoes does she like? (The black ones.) 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations in your own words. Then practice with a partner. 1 A: Which skirt ......................................? 4 A: Why . .................................... new shoes? she I want you I want B: The ...................... one. B: ........................................... 2 A: What ......................................? your friend I need B: ...................... . 3 A: What color shoes ...................................? B: .................................. U{m'l'tlliJH!,:I Describe clothes you/ like 1 � CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What do you think of this jacket? B: I think it's nice. What about you? A: Well, it's nice. but it's a little tight. B: Let's keep looking. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 5 A: Which shirts ......................................? you/ like B: The ......................ones. 6 A: What size shoes ... ................................ ..? you I need B: ··········································· · ·': 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Use different clothes and problems. Then change roles. A: What do you think of .........? B: I think ......... nice. What about you? A: Well, ......... nice, but ......... a little ......... . B: Let's keep looking. shirt pants expensive sweater skirt tight dress jacket loose tie shoes long short 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Talk about different clothes and problems. UNIT 6 49
lillilllJI MORE EXERCISES 1 � .:JB READING Read the advertisement from today's newspaper. Which clothes do you like? 2 ·Blue at Main Street store only. A Great Clothes Store! Men's and Women's Clothes All stores open until midnight • White not available at South Street Station location. Many more shoe styles available. Other sale items today: Children's jackets and shoes STORE LOCATIONS: 62 MAIN STREET, THE UPTOWN MALL, AND SOUTH STREET STATION�- - ----- -- ------� - - - ------- • True False True False 1 The sale is every day this week. 0 0 4 White blouses are on sale at 0 0 2 The store has three locations. 0 0 two locations. 3 Smith and Company is a 0 0 5 All locations have blue sweaters. 0 0 clothes store. 6 Smith and Company doesn't 0 0 have children's shoes. 3 PAIR WORK Discuss the sale at Smith and Company. Use the advertisement. " What do you need? "J '' I need a white blouse, and my sister needs shoes for school. Let's go to Smith and Company. They have a great sale. ,, Do you want_? Do you like this I that_? Do you need [a gray tie]? What do you need/ like I want I have? Which_do you_? Why do you_these I those_? GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 6 review • p. 139 50 UNIT 6
lilli!l1JJ GAMES -�----------------------------�l:li�li�I�� GAME Describe people's clothes. Your partner points to the picture. For example: He 1-.af a yello1;11 >1-.irt PAIR WORK 1 Create conversations for the people in the store. For example: A: Do yov l;llant tl-.efe pal'lh? f3: No, I dol'l't 2 Point to the picture. Ask and answer questions. Use this I that I these I those and like. want. need. and have. For example: A: Do yov like tl-.efe fl-.oef? f3: Ye>, I do. WRITING Write about clothes you need, you want, and you like, and about clothes you have or don't have. For example: I need a l'leW wl-.ite blov>e.My old blov>e i> a I little ti9J,t. I Wal'lt red >hoe_> and a lo"9 fkirt ... WRITING BOOSTER p. 147
UNIT Activities II[ffiJill Talk about morning and evening ac � tles I (ijlJt�11'1li)�Itff:iI[IJ�1ij1t:,�i 1 Talk about morning and evening activities. 2 Describe what you do in your free time. 3 Discuss household chores. IIIIIIIZill 1 = Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 get up 2 get dressed 3 brush my teeth 4 comb I brushmy hair itilb+wI 6 put on makeup 7 eat breakfast 8 come home 9 make dinner 11 watch TV 12 get undressed 13 take a shower I a bath 2 PAIR WORK Tell your partner about your daily activities. H I eat lunch at 12:00. "J 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: spelling rules with � � and l! Add -s to the base form of most verbs. gets shaves combs Remember: do -+ does go -+ goes have -+ has study -+ studiesAdd -es to verbs that end in -s, -sh, -ch, or ·x. brushes watches - - - - r--· ____.,..,.,....,...__, 52 UNIT7 10 study 14 go to bed �J Meals , · breakfast lunch dinner
[iEilD MORE EXERCISES 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the statements. Use the simple present tense. 1 Ed ..................... up at 6:00, but his 5 Amy ..................... to bed at 10:00 P.M., get go wife, Amy, .....................up at 7:00. but Ed ..................... to bed at 11:00. g� go 2 Amy ..................... breakfast at 7:30 A.M., eat 6 Amy ..................... dinner on weekdays, make but Ed ..................... breakfast at 6:30. eat and Ed ..................... dinner on weekends. make 3 After breakfast, Ed ....................., and Amy shave 7 Ed ..................... a shower in the morning, take ..................... on makeup. put but Amy ..................... a bath. take 4 Ed and Amy ..................... TV in the evening. watch 8 They both ..................... their teeth in the brush morning and the evening. 5 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with When and What time When do you take a shower? (In the morning.) What time does she get up? (Before 7:00 A.M.) 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write five questions ����� � � � � � � ������ before 8:00 - I after 8:00 - liEll.!I about Ed and Amy. Answer your partner's , , He shaves after , , breakfast.mR�g� questions aloud. [ l/[m1 11Hif�!,/I Talk about morning and evening activities 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Are you a morning person or an evening person? B: Me? I'm definitely an evening person. A: And why do you say that? B: Well, I get up after ten in the morning. And I go to bed after two. What about you? A: I'm a morning person. I get up before six. 2 �3 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own information. A: Are you a morning person or an evening person? B: Me? I'm definitely ........., DONlSTOP! A: And why do you say that? B: Well, I .......... What about you? A: I'm .......... 1 .........• 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. When do you _? What time do you_? What about your [parents]? 5 CLASS SURVEY Find out how many students are morning people and how many are evening people. IXtrLanguage.�- UNIT 7 53 u�1.H1 ol:ij {!:?J-O www.irLanguage.com
'WlZ! 1 CARDS exercise Describe what you do in your free time 2 take a nap 3 listen to music 4 read 5 play soccer 6 check e-mail 7 go out for dinner 8 go to the movies 9 go dancing 10 visit friends 2 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write six questions for a classmate about his or her leisure activities. Use When or What time and the simple present tense. 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: frequency adverbs 100% t 0% I always play soccer on Saturday. I usually check e-mail in the evening. I sometimes go dancing on weekends. I never take a nap in the afternoon. 4 5 6 11 WJ,e" do yov viritf,ie"dr? Be careful! Place the frequency adverb before the verb in the simple present tense. Don't say: I 13layalways soccer. He eReellS 1:1s1:1ally e-mail. 4 PAIR WORK Now use your questions from Exercise 2 to ask your partner about leisure activities. Use frequency adverbs and time expressions in your answers. "When do you visit friends? " '' I usually visit friends on Saturday. , , 54 UNIT 7
lllI1lim MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE On a separate sheet of paper, write sentences about your partner from your conversation in Exercise 4. 6 GROUP WORK Tell the class about your partner's activities. 1 II>'. 3:07. CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What's your typical day like? B: Well, I usually go to work at 9:00, and I come home at 6:00. A: And what do you do in your free time? B: I sometimes read or watch TV. What about you? A: Pretty much the same. 2 :08 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR On the notepad, write your typical daily activities. Then, with a partner, personalize the conversation. A: What's your typical day like? B: Well, I .......... A: And what do you do in your free time? B: .......... What about you? A: .......... On weekdays On weekends I Scott vs-vally vis-its- friends- on Saturday. DONlSTOP! Ask about other times and days. --,. _ RECYCLE THIS LANGUAGE. on [Friday) in the morning in the afternoon in the evening at night 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. UNIT7 55
Discuss household chores VOCABULARY BOOSTER ·tr:� 1 � VOCABULARY• Household chores Read and listen. Thenlistenagain and repeat. More household chores • p. 128 CARDS 1 wash the dishes 3 do the laundry 2 clean the house 4 take out the garbage 2 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with How often I Other time expressions i,Languagecom How often do you take out the garbage? I take out the garbage every day. How often does she go shopping? She goes shopping on Saturdays. Other time expressions once a week twice a week three times a week M T W T F S S 1.11.11.1k1.11.11.11 M T W T F S S 111111�1IM T W T F S S llllJIII Also • once a year • twice a day • three times a month • every weekend • every Friday 5 go shopping 3 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about chores. Use How often. ,, How often do you go shopping? " i: 4COACH t • PRONUNCIATION• Third-person singular verb endings Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 /s/ takes= take/s/ visits= visit/sf eats= eat/s/ 2 /z/ cleans= clean/z/ does= doe/z/ plays= play/z/ 3 /IZ/ washes= wash/u/ practices= practice/lz/ exercises= exercise/u/ �' Twice a week. ,,J lilli!il.ll 5 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Tell your class how often your partner from Exercise 3 ex�� does household chores. Practice pronunciation of third-person verb endings. 6 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with Who as subject Who washes the dishes in your family? ! I do. I My sister does. ! We do. I My grandparents do. Be careful! Always use a third-person singular verb when who is the subject. Don't say: Who wash the dishes? Don't use do or does when who is the subject. Don't say: Who Elees wash the dishes? 56 UNIT 7 ,,John goes shopping,, twice a week.
llmlll.1J MORE EXERCISES 7 � · LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations and the questions with Who. Check the chores each person does. =�� She... Her husband... .I I Her son... Her daughter... He••. 2 His brother.•• His sister••• '� She•.. ,:'i'{...( : ) • ,' • Her husband.•. He.•• His wife••• His son••. 8 GRAMMAR PRACTICE With a partner, ask and answer questions about the people in Exercise 7. 1Wl�1 1]1Hf�:1:I Discuss household chores 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: So how often do you do the laundry? B: About twice a week. How about you? � � lili In Conversation l; who "Jwashes the dishes? Ii Ii Her husband does. P,J A: Me? I never do the laundry. Could I ask another question? B: Sure. A: Who cleans the house? B: Oh, that's my brother's job. 2 � .:_1 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. '=3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Then change roles. A: So how often do you .........? B: .......... How about you? A: Me? .......... Could I ask another question? B: .......... I A: Who .........? B: Oh, that's ......... job. Ask about other chores. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask another classmate about household chores. 5 GROUP WORK Tell your classmates about your partner's household chores UNIT7 57
lilri!IIJI MORE EXERCISES 1 � 3:M READING Read the article. Do you like housework? How often do you clean your hou e? Once a week? Twice a month? Never? Well, these two robots clean the hou e for you. The iRobot Roomba turns right or left, and vacuum while you watch TV or exercise. Take a nap, and the house i clean when you get up. And if you want to wash the floor, the iRobot Scooba wa hes the floor for you. The Scooba moves around corners and wa hes the floor while you Ii ten to mu ic or check your e-mail. Now that's help with household chore ! The Scooba washes floors. And who is thi ? Meet ASIM , a robot from the Honda Motor Company. ASIMO doe n't clean the hou e. It doe n't wash di hes or take out the garbage. But ASIMO walks, climbs stairs, carries things, and pu hes things. ASIMO talks, answers questions, and follows direction . Ask, "What's your name?" and ASIMO says, 'Tm ASIMO." Say "turn left" or "turn right;' and ASIMO turns. ASIMO also greets people. ome people thi.nk ASIMO is very cute. ASIMO carries a tray. ASIMO climbs stairs... 2 READING COMPREHENSION Complete each statement. Circle the correct verb. 1 The Roomba (washes I vacuums I carries things). S ASIMO doesn't (clean things/ carry things/ talk). 2 The Scooba (washes I vacuums I carries things). 3 The Roomba and the Scooba (answer questions/ talk I turn). 4 ASIMO (cleans I washes the floor I greets people). 3 DISCUSSION Which robots do you like? Do you want any of them? Why? "I want the Roomba bec . ause "Jit cleans the house. 6 ASIMO also (vacuums I takes out the garbage/ climbs stairs). 7 ASIMO (asks I answers I repeats) questions. 8 (The Roomba I The Scooba I ASIMO) pushes things. GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 7 review • p. 139 f 01 ,1dd1t l(Hl,11 l.tr)J;H,t}'l' p,,H 11(I' J'J TOP NOTCH • • Lyrics p. 150 "On the Weekend" -miiii I IDIIID1 SONG KARAOKE 58 UNIT7
---=-----1:Ii'lIi�'I CONTEST Study the photos for one minute. Then close your books. Who remembers all Jack's activities? PAIR WORK Create a conversation for Jack and a friend. Start like this: Jack, are you a rnor"i"9 per>Of' or a" e/ef'if'9 per>o"? OR WJ.,at'> your ty pical day like? TRUE OR FALSE? Make statements about Jack's activities. Your partner says True or False. Take turns. For example: A: Jack U>ually take> a >hoWer if' tJ.ie eve"i"9· 13: Fal>e. He take> a >hoWer in tJ.,e rnorf'in9. WRITING Write about your typical week. Use adverbs of fr�quency and time expressions. For example: I" tJ.,e mort'lioq, I vrvallv eat breakfart at 7:00. TJ.,eo I ... -- WRITING BOOSTER p.148
Units 1-7 REVIEW 1 3:11 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Check each statement T (true) or F (false). Then listen again and check your work. T F T F D D 1 The woman is a manager. 0 0 2 His father is a doctor. 0 D 4 His brother is a student. 0 0 S Her grandparents are artists. D O 3 Her sister is an architect. D D 6 The woman in the photo is his neighbor. 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about places on the maps. 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each sentence with in., Q!1 or at. , , Where's_? " H It's_.� 1 The movie is ......... Friday ......... 8:00. 3 The party is ......... Saturday ......... midnight. 2 The meeting is ......... June 6th 4 The dinner is ......... April. ......... the morning. S The dance is ......... 8:00 P.M.......... Friday. 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences with this. that. these. or those. 1 I want ......... 2 I like ......... pants. jackets. 5 PAIR WORK Partner A: Ask these questions. Partner B: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 1 Does he have grandchildren? a Yes. he has two sons. b Yes. he does. 2 Where's the pharmacy? a Don't walk. Take the bus. b It's around the corner.' 3 Are we late7 a Yes. It's 10:00. b Yes, you're early. 60 UNITS 1-7 REVIEW 3 I like ......... suit. 4 I want ......... tie. Partner B: Ask these questions. PartnerA: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 4 When's the dance? a On Saturday. b At the school. 5 Do you like this suit? a Yes, it ls. b Yes, I do. 6 How do you go to work? a l walk. b Walk.
6 PAIR WORK Write your own response to each person. Then practice your conversations with a partner. 2 3 -�······································ 4 � ....................................... 5 6 � � ....................................... 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the pictures. Write an imperative for each. ..W.':l.l.�.................... to the bank. 2 ............................. to work. 3 ............................. to the pharmacy. 4 to the 5 ............................. to restaurant. school. 8 CONVERSATION PRACTICE With a partner, exchange real information about your families. Start like this: Ideas Ask about names. Ask about ages. " Tell me about yourfamily. " Ask about occupations. Describe people. 6 ............................. tothebookstore. 61
9 .,. • LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Answer the questions. Then listen again and check your work. 1 What's It's --- -- -- ---· 2 What's his last name? It's -- ----· 3 How old is his son? He's - �rs old. 4 What's the address? It's __ West 12th Street. 5 What time is it? lt's2:__ _ 10 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct word or words to complete each statement or question. 1 Is he (your I you) husband? 4 (Our I We) birthdays are in May. 2 Is she (their I they) granddaughter? 3 (Her I His) name is Mr. Grant. 5 How do you spell (her I she) name? 6 I'm (Ms. Bell I Ms. Bell's) student. 11 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write a question for each response. 1 A:................................................. ? 5 A:................................................. ? B: No. She-'s a student. 2 A:................................................. ? B: I'm an architect. 3 A:................................................. ? B: The bank is across the street. 4 A:.................................................? B: It's 9:45. 12 PAJRWORK Partner A: Ask these questions. Partner B: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 1 Does Jack have a large family? a Yes, I do. b Yes, he does. 2 Does her father shave every morning? a Yes, he is. b No, he doesn't. 3 Is Ms. Wang his English teacher? a Yes, he is. b Yes, she is. B: It's 34 Bank Street. 6 A:.................................................? B: The newsstand is around the corner. 7 A:.................................................? B: My birthday? In February. 8 A:·················································? B: They're my sisters. Partner B: Ask these questions. Partner A: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 4 Does she like red shoes? a No, she doesn't. b Yes, I do. 5 Does he need a new tie? a Yes, he does. b Yes, I do. 6 Does she always clean the house on Sunday? a Yes, she is. b Yes, she does. 13 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct verb to complete each sentence. 1 We (am I are) friends. 4 (Do I Does) she (want I wants) new shoes? 2 They (has I have) two children. 5 Why (do I does) they (need I needs) new shoes? 3 Who (has I have) a blue suit? 6 (Is I Are) we on time? 62 UflTS1-7 REVEW
14 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the statements with verbs in the simple present tense. 1 I usually ......................... TV in the evening, but my brother ......................... to music. 2 We sometimes ......................... the house and ......................... the laundry in the morning. 3 After dinner, I always ......................... the dishes, and my wife ......................... out the garbage. 4 My neighbors never ......................... shopping on weekdays. 5 My sister always ......................... to bed before 10:00 P.M., but I usually ......................... e-mail at 10:00. 6 My grandfather always ......................... a nap in the afternoon. 15 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Answer the questions. Use frequency adverbs or time expressions. Then tell your classmates about your activities. 1 What do you do on weekends? 2 What do you do after breakfast? 3 What do you do after work or school? 4 What do you do at night before you go to bed? 16 CONVERSATION PRACTICE With a partner, talk about the times of events. Use the pictures or your own ideas. Start like this: '' look. There's a __ on __ . ,� across the street down the street around the corner BASKETBALL GAME BRAZIL and CANADA Saturday. 8:30 P.M. • 11 kl II ("tt'I HI .fL''DAY. .l:.lO "· 11. Other events a meeting a party a dance a dinner (your own idea) UNITS 1-7 REVIEW 63
Reference Charts COUNTRIES AND NATIONALITIES Argentina Australia Belgium Bolivia Brazil Canada Chile China Colombia Costa Rica Ecuador I Egypt , El Salvador France 1 Germany 1 Greece Argentinean I Argentine Australian Belgian Bolivian Brazilian Canadian Chilean Chinese Colombian Costa Rican Ecuadorian Egyptian Salvadorean French German Greek IRREGULAR VERBS Guatemala Holland Honduras Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Italy Japan Korea Lebanon Malaysia Mexico Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Guatemalan Peru Peruvian Dutch Poland Polish Honduran Portugal Portuguese Hungarian Russia Russian Indian Saudi Arabia Saudi I Saudi Arabian Indonesian Spain Spanish Irish Sweden Swedish Italian Switzerland Swiss Japanese Taiwan Chinese Korean Thailand Thai Lebanese Turkey Turkish Malaysian the United Kingdom British Mexican the United States American Nicaraguan Uruguay Uruguayan Panamanian Venezuela Venezuelan Paraguayan Vietnam Vietnamese This is an alphabetical listof all irregular verbs in the Top Notch Fundamentals units. base form simple past base form simelepast base form simele.,ast be was/were get got say said break broke give gave see saw bring brought go went sing sang buy bought grow grew sit sat choose chose hang out hung out sleep slept come came have had stand stood cut cut hear heard swim swam do did hurt hurt take took draw drew lie lay teach taught drink drank make made tell told drive drove meet met think thought eat ate put put throw threw fall fell read read wear wore feel felt ride rode write wrote find found PRONUNCIATION TABLE These are the pronunciation symbols used in Top Notch Funda�ntals. Vowels Consonants Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words feed :) banana,around p park,happy ! butter,bottle I did <I' shirt,birthday b back,cabbage i' button e1 date,table al cry,eye t tie I she,station, C bed,neck au about,how d die special,discussion a! bad,hand :)I boy k came,kitchen,quarter 3 leisure a box,father Ir here,near g game,go h hot,who ;') wash er chair 1J chicken,watch m men OU comb,post or guitar,are <15 jacket,orange n sun,know u book,good :,r door,chore f face,photographer IJ sung,singer u boot,food,student ur tour V vacation w week,white A but,mother 0 thing, math I light,long then,that r rain,writer s city,psychology y yes,use,music z please,goes 64 REFERENCES
Vocabulary Booster MORE OCCUPATIONS an accountant 2 a bank teller 5 a gardener 6 a grocery clerk 8 a mechanic 9 a pharmacist 12 a salesperson 13 a travel agent 16 a nurse 17 a lawyer 3 an electrician 4 a florist 10 a professor ll --- 7 a hairdresser 11 a reporter 14 a secretary 15 a server I a waiter Write five statements about the pictures. Use He or She and the verb be. For example: 5'1e'r a" accov"ta"t VOCABULARY BOOSTER 65
..� · MORE RELATIONSHIPS � S_;_41 MORE TITLES .a{ S4 ; -'���. ·,I - lj- 1·-- 1 a supervisor 2 an employee 3 teammates 1 Doctor [Smith] or Dr. [Smith] 2 Professor [Brown] 3 Captain Uones] Write two more statements about the photos in More Relationships, using He's or She's and possessive adjectives. For example: fie'5 Jier rvperviror. ..lil'iS:42 MORE PLACES IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD 1 a clothes store S a shoe store 9 a hotel 66 VOCABULARY BOOSTER 2 an electronics store 3 a fire station 6 a toy store 10 a supermarket 13 a post office 13 d 1-'U)l Ull 11.t: 7 a dry cleaners 11 a convenience store 14 a taxi stand 1-. d ldAI :>ldllU 4 a police station 8 a gas station 12 a travel agency Write five questions about the places. For example: WJ,ere'r tJ,e clotJ,er rtore? Can I walk to tJ,e J,otel?
.,.s:43 MORE ADJECTIVES TO DESCRIBE PEOPLE 1 slim I thin 2 heavy .,.s:44 MORE EVENTS 1 a ballet 2 an opera 6 a baseball game 5 a volleyball game 3 skinny 3 an exhibition 7 a play 4 muscular Write a sentence for each photo. Use a form of be and the adverb � or so. For example: SJ,,e'r very--· 4 a football game 8 a speech I a talk On a separate sheet of paper, write five statements about the events. Use your own times, days, and dates. For example: TJ,,ere'r a ballet Ol'l Tverday, Jvl'le 15 at <o:00 P.M. u�l�I (J�j e;?JrJ www.irLanguage.com VOCABULARY BOOSTER 67
MORE CLOTHES 1 swimsuits I bathing suits 8 an umbrella 9 a raincoat - i - 2 a bathrobe 10 sandals 11 pajamas MORE HOUSEHOLD CHORES 3 a coat 4 boots 12 a T-shirt 13 shorts 5 a hat 14 pantyhose n5� �1rLanguage.�om 6 jeans 7 a nightgown 15 socks 16 underwear Write five questions and answers about the colors of the clothes and shoes. For example: What color are the boots-? They're brown. ' 1 dust 2 sweep 3 mop 4 vacuum Who does these chores in your house? Write four statements, using the simple present tense and frequency adverbs or time expressions. r, For example: I vS'vally dvs-t once a week. WWw.iiL'arigUage.coiii 68 VOCABULARY BOOSTER
Grammar Booster The Grammar Booster is optional. It contains extra practice of each unit's grammar. 1 Write each sentence again. Use a contraction. · · He'f an enaineer.1 He 1s an engineer. .................;;l •••••••••••••• 2 We are teachers. ................................. 3 No, we are not. .....:........................... 4 They are not artists. ................................. 5 I am a student. ................................. 6 She is a chef. ................................. 2 Write the indefinite article ! or an for each occupation. 1 ..�..... chef 5 ......... scientist 2 ......... actor 6 ......... architect 3 ......... banker 7 ......... photographer 4 ......... musician 3 Complete each sentence with the correct subject pronoun. 1 Mary is a student. )h.':......,... is a student. 2 Ben is a student, too. ................. is a student, too. 3 My name is Nora. ................. am an artist. 4 Your occupation is doctor. ................. are a doctor. 5 Jane and Jason are scientists. ................. are scientists. 4 Write a question for each answer. 1 A: ...�!.�.Y.��.".".'.':'.�i.�.i.�.':l.s?_...............? B: Yes, we are. We're musicians. 2 A: ................................................. ? B: No, they're not teachers. They're scientists. 3 A: ................................................. ? B: Yes. Ann is a doctor. 4 A: ................................................. ? B: No. Ellen is an architect. She's not a writer. 5 A: ................................................. ? B: Yes, I'm a pilot. 6 A: .................................................? B: No. We're not flight attendants.We're pilots. 5 Write six proper nouns and six common nouns. Use capital and lowercase letters correctly. Proper nouns Common nouns 1 ..t{��.r�.��.9!Y.......... 7 ..�.�i.!Y....................... 2 ................................. 8 ................................. 3 ................................. 9 ................................. 4 ................................. 10 ................................. 5 ................................. 11 ................................. 6 ................................. 12 ................................. GRAMMAR BOOSTER 69
1 Write the correct possessive adjectives. 1 Miss Kim is Mr. Smith's student. Mr. Smith is ..h�r.......... teacher. 2 Mr. Smith is Miss Kim's teacher. Miss Kim is ................. student. 3 Mrs. Krauss is John's teacher. Mrs. Krauss is ................. teacher. 4 John is Mrs. Krauss's student. John is ................. student. 5 Are ................. colleagues from Japan? No, they aren't. My colleagues are from South Korea. 6 Mr. Bello is ................. teacher. i am ................. student. 7 Jake is not Mrs. Roy's student. He's ................. boss! 8 Mr. Gee is not Jim and Sue's teacher. He's ................. doctor. 2 Complete the sentences about the people. Use He's from. She's from, or They're from. 1 Ms. Tomiko Matsuda: ..�J:,.�.'tfr.'?.'7Y........ Hamamatsu, Japan. 2 Miss Berta Soliz: ......................... Monterrey, Mexico. 3 Mr. and Mrs. Franz Heidelberg: ......................... Berlin, Germany. 4 Mr. George Crandall: ......................... Victoria, Canada. 5 Ms. Mary Mellon: ......................... Melbourne, Australia. 6 Mr. Jake Hild and Ms. Betty Parker: ......................... Los Angeles, U.S. 7 Mr. Cui Jing Wen: ......................... Wuhan, China. 8 Ms. Noor Bahjat: ......................... Cairo, Egypt. 3 Complete the questions. Begin each question with a capital letter. 1 ..�b.�t'�..... your name? 2 ................. are you from? 3 ................. his e-mail address? 4 ................. she a student? 5 ................. her phone number? 6 ................. they colleagues? 7 ................. he from China? 8 ................. their first names? 4 Complete each question with the correct possessive adjective. 1 A: What's ..X��r........ name? B: I'm Mrs. Barker. 2 A: What's ................. last name? B: My last name is Lane. 3 A: What's ................. address? B: Mr. Marsh's address is 10 Main Street. 4 A: What's ................. e-mail address? B: Ms. Down's e-mail address? It's down5@unet.com. 5 A: What are ................. first names? B: They're Gary and Rita. 6 A: What's ................. phone number? B: Miss Gu's number is 555-0237. 70 GRAMMAR BOOSTER
1!1111 1 Write the sentences with contractions. 1 Where is the pharmacy? ..���t�tt�.�.P.h�r.'!?��)?........................................................................................ 2 It is down the street. .................................................................................................................................. 3 It is not on the right. ...................._............................................................................................................... 4 What is your name? .................................................................................................................................... S What is your e-mail address? ......................................................................................................................... 6 She is an architect. ...................................................................................................................................... 7 I am a teacher. ........................................................................................................................................... 8 You are my friend. ...................................................................................................................................... 9 He is her neighbor. ..................................................................................................................................... 10 They are my classmates. ............................................................................................................................... 2 Complete each sentence with an affirmative or a negative imperative. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. irLanguage.com 1 Take the bus to the restaurant. ..f.?.�.,{!"..�.�J.�:..... 2 Don't walk. ................. the bus to the bank. 3 ................. to the restaurant. It's right over there, on the right. 4 ................. a taxi to the bank. It's across the street. 3 Complete the questions and answers. Use subject pronouns and use contractions when possible. 1 A: ..�����L......... the pharmacy? B: The pharmacy? ................. across the street. 2 A: ................. the newsstand? B: ................. down the street on the right. 3 A: ................. I ................. to the restaurant? B: No, don't walk. ................. a taxi. 4 A: ................. do you go to school? B: Me? I go ................. motorcycle. 1!1111 1 Write questions. Use Who's or Who are and � � or they. A: ..��'?}h.':.................. ? B: He's my grandfather. 2 A: .................................? B: She's my mother. 3 A: .................................? B: He's Mr. Ginn's grandson. 4 A: .................................? B: They're Ms. Breslin's grandparents. S A: .................................? B: She's Sam's wife. 6 A: .................................? B: They're his wife and son. GRAMMAR BOOSTER 71
2 Unscramble the words and write sentences. Use 1!or are. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. 1 so I father I my Ihandsome ..�Y..f�T�.f:!:.if..�'?.h���f���·.................................................................................. 2 brother I very I her I short ............................................................................................................................. 3 grandchildren I cute I neighbor's I so Imy ....................................................................................................... 4 his Itall /not Isister I very ............................................................................................................................. 5 grandfather I very I old I my I not_ .................................................................................................................. 6 girlfriend Ipretty I so I brother's I my ............................................................................................................. 3 Complete the sentences. Use have or has. 1 I ..h�'!�....... two brothers. 2 She ................. one child. 3 They ................. four grandchildren. 4 We ................. six children. 5 You ................. ten brothers and sisters! 6 He ................. three sisters. 4 Complete the questions. Use How old is or How old are. 1 ..!J.'?.�.�.'.4.�r.�............. your children? 2 ................................. his son? 3 ................................. her grandchildren? 4 ................................. Nancy's sisters? 5 ................................. Matt's daughter? 6 ................................. their grandmother? ..1 Write a question for each answer. Use What time, What day, or When. Use a question mark (?). 1 ..�b.�f.ti.'!'.l.�.if.if.(....... It's 6:30. 2 ................................. The party is at ten o'clock. 3 ................................. The dinner is on Friday. 4 ................................. The dance is at 11:30 on Saturday. 5 ................................. The concert is in May. 6 ................................. The meeting is at noon. 7 ................................. It's a quarter to two. 8 ................................. The movie is on Wednesday. 2 Complete each sentence with in., Qil, or at. 1 The concert is ..!!!............ March. 2 The dinner is ................. Friday ................. 6:00. 3 The party is ................. April 41h ................. 9:00. 4 The movie is ................. 3:00 P.M. ................. Tuesday. 5 The game is ................. noon ................. Monday. 6 The meeting is ................. August 1()II' ................. 9:00 A.M. 72 GP..,f.MW.R BOOSTER
..1 Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb. 1 They ..!-!�':'.�........................ nice ties at this store. have 2 She ................................. a long blue skirt for the party. want 3 I ................................. my shoes. like 4 We ................................. clean shirts. not have 5 Our children ................................. blue pants for school. not need 6 ................................. short skirts? she I like 7 ............·..................... new shoes? your wife I need 8 ................................. a suit for work? I I need 9 Why ................................. those old shoes? she/ like 10 Which shirt ................................. for tomorrow? you I want 11 ................................. this sweater in extra large? they I have 2 Choose this, that. these, or those. 1 I like (this I these) red sweaters. 2 I don't like (this I these) skirt. It's too long. 3 Why do you want (that I those) black pants? 4 (That I These) skirt is great for the school concert. 3 Answer each question with true answers. Begin each answer with a capital letter. End with a period (.) 1 What clothes do you need? .......................................................................................................................... 2 Do you need new shoes? ............................................................................................................................. 3 Do you have a long skirt? ............................................................................................................................ 4 Do you like pink shirts? ............................................................................................................................... 5 Do you have a loose sweater? ....................................................................................................................... 6 Do you like expensive clothes? ..................................................................................................................... ..1 Write the third-person singular form of each verb. 1 shave ..f.�.'!.':�L...................... 2 brush .................................... 3 90......................................... 4 have ..................................... 5 study..................................... 6 do ......................................... 7 take ...................................... 8 play ...................................... 9 exercise ................................. 10 visit ...................................... 11 practice ................................. 12 wash .................................... 13 come ................................... 14 change ................................. 15 make ................................... 16 get ...................................... 17 comb ................................... 18 put ...................................... 19 eat ...................................... 20 watch .................................. 21 clean ................................... 22 read ..................................... 23 check ................................... 24 listen ................................... GR.Wt.R BOOSTER 73
2 Complete each question with do or does. 1 When .}?............ you go shopping? 2 What time ................. she make dinner? 3 How often ................. they clean the house? 4 What time ................. your son come home? 5 How often ................. your parents go out for dinner? 6 What time ................. you go to bed? 7 When ................. our teacher check e-mail? 8 How often ................. Alex do the laundry? 3 Unscramble the words and write sentences in the simple present tense. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. End with a period(.). 1 usually/ on weekends/ go shopping/ she ..?.�.�-����!!Y..9���-���P.P.i.�9..'?.0.�.�.':��'.'.�.�·.......................................... 2 go dancing I my sisters I on Fridays I sometimes ............................................................................................... 3 in the morning I never I check e-mail/ I ........................................................................................................... 4 always I my daughter/ to work I take the bus ................................................................................................... 5 we I to school/ walk I never ......................................................................................................................... 6 sometimes I my brother I after work I visit his friends ......................................................................................... 4 Complete each response with do or does. 1 Who takes out the garbage in your house? My daughter .}��?........ . 2 Who washes the dishes in your family? I .................. 3 Who makes dinner? My parents .................. 4 Who does the laundry in your house? My brother .................. 5 Who watches TV before dinner? My granddaughter .................. 6 Who takes a bath in the evening? My sister .................. irLanguage.com 74 GRAMMAR BOOSTER
Writing Booster The Writing Booster is optional. Itgivesguidance for the writing task on the last page of each unit. ..Guided Writing Practice Look at the picture on page 11. Answer the questions, based on the picture. Writefive sentences. Is Martin a flight attendant? Is he a musician? Is Tim a musician? Is he a manager? Example: No.Me'�ota fli9J..tattendant_ _ _________ _ 1 Is Marie a flight attendant? 2 3 4 5 ..Guided Writing Practice Write sentences about your relationships. Example: Write about afriend:Ry;:n i, myf'}etd.Me', aJ!t:den1j too. Mi, la,t name iS' Grant 1 Write about a friend: 2 Write about a classmate: 3 Write about a neighbor: 4 Write about a boss, colleague, or teacher_:__ ..Guided Writing Practice Look at the picture on page 27. Writefive questions and answers, based on the picture. Example: Q: WJ..ere', tJ..e bank? Q: A: 2 Q: A: 3 Q: A: 4 Q: A: s Q: A: A: It', next to the res-tavrant Q: Is- the banknext to the ... A: No, it i,n't It's- ... --������. WRITING BOOSTER 75
-Guided Writing Practice Choose two relatives. Write about each person. Answer some of these questions. How old is [he I she]? Is [he I she] tall or short? Is [he I she] old or young? Is [he I she] good-looking? cute? What's [his I her] occupation? - 1 Example: My rirter ir 2'I yearS' old. She'r S'hort and 9ood-lookin9. SJ,,e'r an architect 2 Guided Writing Practice Look at the event announcements on pages 42 and 43. Choose five events. Write sentences about the events below. Example: The birthday party: The birthday party ir at CJivck'S' Cafe. CJivck'r Cafe iS' arovnd tJ,e corner from tJ,e bank. The movie The meetin_g The dance The volleyball game The basketball game The dinner The "Evening" concert The "welcome" p�rty -Guided Writing Practice Answer some or all of the following questions. Put the sentences together to write about clothes you n�, you want, and you like, and about clothes you have or don't have. Do you want new clothes? Why? What clothes do you need? What colors do you like? Do you need new clothes? Why? What size do you need? Example: I n�ed neN cl�ther/ I need a _f�_eoter, andI_need_neN shoes1_ ��I wont oJ-lhite sweater _?nd blo_ck s!_,oes. Why? �y wh��­ sweater is old and my bloc� rho!f �e_dirfy: I fl!ed the sweat!! i� _ lor9e and the rhoe_s in size l/0. 76 WRITING BOOSTER I·
Guided Writing Practice Answer the questions about your typical week. Use time expressionsand frequency adverbs. n5�� �irLanguage.<om What do you do in the morning? Example: In the mornin9, I vs-vally 9et vp at7:00.Then I ... What do you do in the afternoon? What do you do in the evening? What do you do on Saturdays and Sundays? u�1�1ultj�.,s, www.irLanguage.com WRffiNG BOOSTER 77
�/J�Top Notch Pop Lyrics � l:30/1:31 What Do You Do? (Unit 1) (CHORUS) What do you do? What do you do? I'm a student. You're a teacher. She's a doctor. He's a nurse. What about you? What do you do? I'm a florist. You're a gardener. He's a waiter. She's a chef. Do-do-do-do... That's what we do. It's nice to meet you. What's your name? Can you spell that, please? Thank you. Yes, it's nice to meet you, too. (CHORUS) We are artists and musicians, architects, and electricians., How about you? What do you do? We are bankers, we are dentists, engineers, and flight attendants. Do-do-do-do... That's what we do. Hi, I'm Linda. Are you John? No, he's right over there. Excuse me. Thank you very much. Good-bye. Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... 1:46ll :4� Excuse Me, Please [Unit 2J (CHORUS) Excuse me-please excuse me. What's your number? What's your name? I would love to get to know you, and I hope you feel the same. I'll give you my e-mail address. Write to me at my dot-com. You can send a note in English so l'II know who it came from. Excuse me-please excuse me. Was that 0078? Well, I think the class is starting, and I don't want to be late. 78 Top Notch Pop Lyrics But it's really nice to meet you. I'll be seeing you again. Just call me on my cell phone when you're looking for a friend. (CHORUS) So welcome to the classroom. There's a seat right over there. I'm sorry, but you're sitting In our teacher's favorite chair! Excuse me-please excuse me. What's your number? What's your name? 2:1s12:16 Tell Me All About It [Unit 4) Tell me about your father. He's a doctor and he's very tall. And how about your mother? She's a lawyer.That's her picture on the wall. Tell me about your brother. He's an actor, and he'sJwenty-three. And how about your sister? She's an artist. Don't you think she looks like me? (CHORUS, Tell me about your family­ who they are and what they do. Tell me all about It. It's so nice to talk with you. Tell me about your family. I have a brother and a sister, too. And what about your parents? Dad's a teacher, and my mother's eyes are blue. (CHORUS, Who's the pretty girl in that photograph? That one's met You look so cute! Oh, that picture makes me laugh! And who are the people there, right below that one? Let me see ... that's my mom and dad. They both look very young. (CHORUS) Tell me all about it. Tell me all about it. It's early in the evening- 6:15 P.M. Here in New York City a summer night begins. I take the bus at seven down the street from City Hall. I walk around the corner when I get your call. [Unit 5) (CHORUS) Let's make a date. Let's celebrate. Let's have a great time out. Let's meet in the Village on Second Avenue next to the museum there. What time is good for you? It's a quarter after seven. There's a very good new show weekdays at the theater. Would you like to go? (CHORUS) Sounds great. What time's the show? The first one is at eight. And when's the second one? The second show's too late. OK, how do I get there? The trains don't run at night. No problem. Take a taxi. The place is on the right. Uh-oh! Are we late? No, we're right on time. It's 7:58. Don't worry. We'll be fine! (CHORUS) 3:lS/l:16 On the Weekend [Unit 7J (CHORUS) On the weekend, when we go out, there Is always so much joy and laughter. On the weekend, we never think about the days that come before and after. He gets up every morning. Without warning, the bedside clock rings the alarm. So he gets dressed- he does his best to be on time. He combs his hair, goes down the stairs, and makes some breakfast. A bite to eat, and he feels fine. Yes, he's on his way to one more working day. (CHORUS) On Thursday night, when he comes home from work, he gets undressed, and if his room's a mess, he cleans the house. Sometimes he takes a rest. Maybe he cooks something delicious, and when he's done he washes all the pots and dishes, then goes to bed. He knows the weekend's just ahead. (CHORUS)
www.irLanguage.com WORKBOOK JOAN SASLOW ALLEN ASCHER with Julie C. Rouse u�1�1u4jrf'..>D www.irLanguage.com
Top notch-fundamentals-a
UNIT 1 Names and Occupations 1 Match the occupations with the pictures. Write the letter on the line. 1. __ a teacher 2. __ an artist 3. __ an athlete 4. __ a musician 5. __ a flight attendant 6. __ a banker 7. __ a singer y:?a. < I C. 3•2•2X·l"O ! e. e o= C::,=�= d. , � f� 2 FAMOUS PEOPLE. What are their occupations? Write sentences. Use contractions. 1. Frank Gehry: He'r an arcJiitect 2. Mariana Paj6n:------------------------- 3. Shakira:--------------------------- 4. Orlando Bloom: _________________________ 81
3 Complete the conversation between Joo Yeon Sir and Marta. Joo Yeon Sir: Hi. I'm Joo Yeon. Marta: Hi, _______________ Joo Yeon Sir: Nice to meet you, Marta. Marta=---------------� Joo Yeon Sir: What do you do? Marta=---------------� Joo Yeon Sir: I'm a musician. wwwtrLanguagecom 4 Match the occupations that go together. Write the letter on the line. 1. _c_a singer a. a student 2. __ a teacher b. a flight attendant 3. __ an architect c. a musician 4. __ a pilot d. an engineer 5 Circle the occupation that is different. 1. scientist engineer chef doctor 2. singer manager actor athlete 3. banker artist musician photographer 6 Look at the people going to work. Write sentences about their occupations. Use contractions. 1. SJie'r 011 artirt 2. 3. 82 UNIT 1 www.irLanguage.com 4. 5. 6.
7 Complete the sentences with names. 1. 2. 3. ------------ is afamous artist. ------------ is afamous musician. ____________ is afamous writer. 4. My favorite singer is------------ 5. My favorite actor is------------ 6. My favorite athlete is----------- 8 Read the list. Then look at the pictures and complete the conversations. Name Anna Madden Maggie Gill Julia Santos Grace Lund Emily Parson Caroline Benson Nicole Locke Occupation Pilot Singer Doctor Scientist Student Banker Student 1. No I'm not. I'm Grace. Names and Occupations 83
9 Read about Casey Affleck. Casey Affleck is a famous actor. He's also a writer. And he's a director, too. Three occupations! The name of one of his movies is Cone Baby Cone. Casey Affleck is the main actor, but he's not the director. He is the director for I'm Still Here. Now answer the questions. Check V the boxes. 1. What are Casey Affleck's occupations? D artist D photographer D director D actor D singer D writer 2. In the movie I'm Still Here, Casey Affleck is the 0 singer 0 actor D director 10 Circle the occupation that is not spelled correctly. 1. engineer doctor arkitect athlete 2. shef banker teacher singer 3. scientist 4. writer fotographer pilot Now write the words correctly. 5. 6. 7. 8. 84 UNIT 1 musician manager actor flite attendant www irLanguage.com
11 Rewrite the sentences.Capitalize the proper nouns. 1. john landry is a chef in paris. 2. isabel hunter is from canada. She's an architect. 3. alex quinn is a pilot. He's in tokyo today. 12 Write proper and common nouns. Capitalize the proper nouns. 1. Your name: ________ 3. Your teacher's name: ________ 2. Your occupation: ______ 4. Orlando Bloom's occupation: ______ 13 Read the occupations in the box. Count the syllables. Write each occupation in the correct place on the chart. 14 athlete musician 1 syllable chef photographer .e-Agfneer-­ scientist 2 syllables actor singer 3 syllables manager writer 4 syllables eriqirieer Choose the correct response. Circle the letter. 1. How are you? a.I'm Samantha. b. Great. 2. What do you do? a.I'm a manager. b. Fine, thanks. 3. Are you Lucy? a. Yes, sheis. b. OK. See you! 4. How do you spell that? a. Right over there. b. T-0-M-E-S-C-U. c. Take care. c.l'mJim. c. No, I'm not. c. I'm a writer. And you? Names and Occupations 85
JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Ms. Adams, Ms. Banks, Ms. Clark, and Ms. Dare have four different occupations­ engineer, architect, doctor, and scientist (but NOT in that order). Read the statements. Ms. Adams and Ms. Clark are not doctors. Ms. Banks and Ms. Clark are not scientists. Ms. Clark and Ms. Dare are not architects. Ms. Adams is not a scientist. Now write an occupation for each person. Ms. Adams: _______ Ms. Banks: ________ Ms. Clark: ________ Ms. Dare: ________ 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-) and down(! ). Circle the eight occupations. Then write the occupations on the lines. 86 UNIT 1 N M A N A G E R K 0 E R N A 0 N E 0 E T 0 K N T A A C T 0 R T N I M E E T E L p 0 w E s R H T I E N T p C E A E R A s T N y p H 0 N A s E N R 0 K p T B A K R N - .. - p A E N N 0 A M E s L L H N C A A s A I E T T R E p H E s N R L A M T A E I N I H T A A s T E I u T T 0 G R A M B E N G A E E E E E G N E R N K E R T N E R N R B u N H T A R N E E p I R A L T K R p p E I H A T L N N T R y H R R L I E T E N C H N E s A E N s R E N E R N u R E R A T H G R N M H E R H E N E E R B A E R E L N u u H E E G C T E 8 I G E T
www.irLanguage.com UNIT 2 About People 1 Look at the pictures. Write possessive adjectives. doctor is Dr. Brown. 2. 3. ____ boss is Mr. Lin. ____teacher is Ms. Jalbert. 4. ____ neighbors are Mr. and Mrs. Rivera. 87
2 Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences about relationships. Use possessive nouns. 1. He is Eric'rclarrmate ·"'- ' Jack Edwin 3. They are------------ 4. He is _____________� 3 Complete the sentences. 1. Audrey is classmate. I I my 2. We're students. Mr. Haber's/ Mr. Haber 3. Who is manager? you I your 4. Ms. Miller and Mr. Sullivan are colleagues. our I we 5. Are your neighbors? they I their 6. Dr. Franklin isn't doctor. Bill I Bill's 4 Match the description and the relationship. Write the letter on the line. 1. __ Caleb and I are managers. Our company is lnfotech. Our boss is Mr. Jackson. 2. __ Anna's address is 32 Arbor Street. Zoe's address is 34 Arbor Street. 3. __ Ryan and Josh are students in the same class. Ms. Foster is their teacher. 4. __ Jessica and I are classmates. She's my neighbor, too. 88 UNIT2 a. They're classmates. b. We're colleagues. C. They're neighbors. d. We're friends.
5 Look at Joe's list and Amy's list for their party. JIE'S UST ·laistin - friena Jeff - friena Robert ana Julie - frienas Mark - classmate Gary ana Ann - neighbors Am,v1LJfr S�-�� Pekr-�� �-/nm 4M}' aA 1 • .. - �11,bm R.(}/)mMUiJtdit -/rifflM Now write sentences about the people. Use possessive adjectives. 1. Peter: Peter if'1er collea9ve 2. Mark: ________________________� 3. Gary and Ann:---------------------- 4. Katherine:----------------------- 5. Kristin:-------------------------------- 6 YOUR RELATIONSHIPS. Complete the chart with names. Classmates or Colleagues Neighbors Friends 7 Choose a friend and a classmate from Exercise 6. Introduce them. Complete the conversation. 1. You: ,this is ________ ________'s my classmate. 2. Your friend: Hi, ________ 3. Your classmate: Hi, --------· Nice to meet you. Your friend: Nice to meet you,too. Your classmate: What do you do? 4. Your friend: I'm--------· And you? 5. Your classmate: I'm ________ Your friend: Where are you from? 6. Your classmate: I'm from ________ About People 89
8 Fill out the form for a friend, a neighbor, or a colleague. DMr. DMrs. ------ ------- 0 Miss first name lastname OMs. Now complete the conversation between the person and a clerk. 1. Clerk: Hi. What's your last name, please? 2. Clerk: And your first name? ______: My first name? ----------------------- 3. Clerk: How do you spell that? 4. Clerk: Thank you. 9 Complete the sentences. Use realnames and relationships. 1. Mr. is my ______ 2. Mr. and Mrs. are my 3. Ms. is my 4. Miss is my 3 10 Complete the address book with information for three friends. 1 90 UNIT2 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address 2 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address 3 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address
11 Write the answers in words. 1. eleven + six - ---------- 2. nineteen - twelve=-------- 3. three x five - __________ 4. twenty+ two = _________ 12 Look at the business cards. Read the responses. Then write questions with What's. Use possessive nouns or possessive adjectives. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Jeff Silver Manager EDI International 215 East wn Street New York, NY 10003 TEL (212) 555-0769 FAX (212) 555�0770 jeff.siver@ed1.com Architect Foster &Wright 77York St. Sydney NSW 2000 (61-2) 9262-1036 kharrison@fosterwright.com A: What'r Mr. /jarrifoo'rfirrtname ? A: WJ.,at'r her addrefS' ? A: ? A: ? A: ? A: ? 13 Answer the questions. Use your own information. 1MichaelBrent1--.................................... Engineer .............................. 28ManorSlrttl........................... IAlndonE17.............................. 02087558050.............................. B: Kate. B: 77 York St. B: jeff.silver@edi.com B: He's a manager. B: 0208 755 8050. B: 28 Manor Street. 1. What's your first name? ___________________________ 2. What's your last name? ___________________________ 3. What's your occupation? __________________________ 4. What's your address? ___________________________ 5. What's your phone number? _________________________ 6. What's your e-mail address? _________________________ About People 91
JUST FOR FUN 1 TAKE A GUESS! Write the next number in words. 1. three, six, nine, twelve, fifteen, -------- 2. one, two, four, eight, ________ 3. twenty, one, nineteen, two, eighteen, three, ________ 2 Complete the puzzle. Across 4. We are--· Our addresses are 15 and 17 Pine Street. 5. The Musee du Louvre's __ is 99 Rue de Rivoli, Paris. 9. Frank Gehry's occupation 10. Her name is Linda Reid. Reid is her __ name. Down 1. Mr. Bryant is Andy's teacher. Andy is __ student. 2. Their address is 11 Palm Street, and their __ is (661) 555-4485. 3. Sophie Okoneda's title 6. Allison's __ address is allie@mail.net. 7. Flight attendants and pilots are--· 8. A=one, B=two, C=three, ... N= __ 92 UNIT2 2 s 3 6 10
www.irLangnage.com UNIT 3 Places and How to Get There 1 Write the names of places in your neighborhood. 1. a restaurant: ---------------- 2.a bank: ________________� 3. a bookstore:---------------- 4. a pharmacy: ________________ 5. a school: _________________ 2 Read the directions. Label the places on the map. • The school is across the street. • The bookstore is around the corner. • The bank is next to the bookstore. • The newsstand is down the street on the left. • The pharmacy is down the street on the right. I� I 1. 2. L r -11::J 3. 5. f1 3 Read the answers. Then complete the questions with Where's or What's. 1. A: the address? B: 214 New Street. 4. 2. A: the bookstore? B: It's down the street on the left. 3. A: the pharmacy? B: It's across the street. 4. A: Lisa's occupation? B: She's a photographer. 5. A: his e-mail address? B: Rob123@mail.net. 6. A: your friend's restaurant? B: It's around the corner. 93
4 Look at the pictures. Write questions and answers. Follow the model. 1. 2. 3. �l t) t) 4. 1. A: W/,,ere's: t/,,e s:c/,,ool ? B: It's: around tl,,e corner 2. A: ? B: 3. A: ? B: 4. A: ? B: u�1�1 ul:+j t?.>4 5 Complete the conversation. Tell a friend how to get to your school. 1. Your friend: Can I walk to the school? 1t) � ��������������������������������· 2. Your friend: OK. And where is it? � �������������������������������� 3. Your friend: OK. Thanks! � �������������������������������� 6 Look at the pictures. Write imperatives. 1. 3. 5. 94 UNIT3 Don'tdriye www.irLanguage.com 2. 4.
7 Tell a new classmate how to go places from school. Use an affirmative and a negative imperative. Example: to abookstore: Take t"1e bus-. Dori't walk. 1. to abookstore:-------------------------------- 2. toabank:__________________________________ 3. to a pharmacy:-------------------------------- 4. to a restaurant: ________________________________ 8 Look at the pictures. Write a sentence with an imperative and a sentence about the location. Follow the model. 1. 2. 4. �1 _ti --=tl u�1�1 ul:oj ef'.JD www.irLanguage.com Take a taxi to t"1e bookftore It'S' riext to t"1e barik Places and How to Get There 95
9 Look at the pictures. Write questions. Follow the model. IIlJ • Can I walk to tJ,e books-tore 71. �--'-������-'-�����-· 3. 4. 10 Look at the pictures. Answer the questions. Use a .12,Y phrase. I take the subway home. 1. How does she go home? f3y n.1bwoy 3. How do they go to work? 2. How does he go to the bookstore? I take a bus to school. 4. How does she go to school? 11 How do you go places? Read the sentences. Write I for sentences that are true for you and E for sentences that are false for you. 1. __ I go to school by bicycle. 5. __ I walk to the bookstore. 2. __ I take a taxi to restaurants. 6. __ I go to work by moped. 3. __ I go to work by train. 7. __ I take the subway to the bank. 4. __ I go home from school by bus. 96 UNIT 3
JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Read the clues. Then write the places on the lines. • The bookstore is between the restaurant and the pharmacy. • The bank is not next to the bookstore. • The restaurant is next to the bank. • The pharmacy is not on the left. 1. ------- 2. ------- 3. ------- 4. 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-) and down(!). Circle the eight means of transportation. Then write the means of transportation on the lines. C u s 0 G z z s H H s H p R F A I A E u p H s I R y T K B A N M 0 T 0 R G w A B 0 w M T A u A C N p z p L I T y N C E s p I N z M y K D C I A s R w E N M B w M N T I y T L Q Q E p z A I u u R T s T E G A K K L R H K X K u K M u N C A M J F N J R Q w G s C X T A u E 0 B z z F B M H L J s I B I 0 X X s w s C y C L E C J w F F F X Q I y M F y B 0 y G T H 0 A K B N T H T F I X E 0 R u C p Q A X I y s w B u s C H s R G T L H z V F B E X y Q w s V B p Places and How to GetThere 97
98 ' .:. ·!· • UNIT 4 mirLanguage.c..... Family 1 THE BRITISH ROYAL FAMILY. Write the family member's relationship to Queen Elizabeth on the line. Queen Elizabeth----,---- Prince Philip 1. lierbU£band I Prince Charles I Princess Anne Prince Andrew I Prince William Prince Harry P . 4, ______ r1nce George Peter Phillips I Princess Beatrice 2 Look at Queen Elizabeth's family again. Complete the sentences. 1. Prince Harry is PrinceWilliam's ________ 2. Princess Anne is Peter Phillips's ________ I Princess Eugenie 3. Queen Elizabeth and Prince Philip are PrinceAndrew's _______ 4. Prince Charles is Prince George's _______ 5. Queen Elizabeth is Prince Philip's-------- 6. Prince William and Prince Harry are Prince Charles's ________ 7. Prince Andrew is Princess Eugenie's_______ 8. Queen Elizabeth is Peter Phillips's ________ 9. Princess Eugenie is Princess Beatrice's ________ 10. William, Harry, Peter, Beatrice, and Eugenie are Queen Elizabeth's ________
3 Complete the conversation. Write What. Where, or Who. 1. Andrew: ______·s that? Hannah: That's my brother. 2. Andrew: 's your brother's first name? Hannah: Paul. 3. Andrew: 's your sister? Hannah: She's right there, on the left. 4. Andrew: 's that? Hannah: My grandmother. 5. Andrew: ______'s her last name? Hannah: Connor. 6. Andrew: are your parents? Hannah: They're here, next to my grandmother. 4 Read the answers. Then write questions with Who. 1. A: _______________? B: They're my brothers. 2. A: _______________? B: That's my husband. 3. A: _______________? B: He's my father. 5 Answer the questions. 4. A: _______________? B: They're my grandparents. 5. A: _______________? B: She's my sister. 1. Who are you? _______________________________ 2. Who's your teacher? _____________________________ 3. Who are your classmates? (Name three.)--------------------- 6 Write the names of three relatives, friends, neighbors, or classmates. Then complete the chart. MicJ,elle rirter 2G. Family 99
7 Unscramble the words. Write sentences. 1. brother I tall I is I My I very 2. handsome, I He I too I very I is 3. your IAre I pretty I sisters 4. is I daughter I young I Her 5. cute I so I is I She 8 Describe your relatives. Write sentences. __..,___.....___.,,__.,_�"" • 3 9 Look at the photos and read. - - Hi, I'm Kate. There are five people in my family. I have two sisters. Their names are Megan and Jane. Jane and I are students. Megan is a doctor. Hello. My name is Edgar. My wife's name is Anna. I'm an engineer, and she's an architect. We have two children. Riley is our son, and Reese is our daughter. Now answer the questions. 1. Who's Jake? He 1 5 Geor9e 1 � 9rarid5ori - - ___,....__ Hello. I'm George. My wife Carol and I are grandparents. We have three children and two grandchildren. Our granddaughter is Sophia. Our grandson is Jake. ? 2. Who'sAnna?______________________________� 3. Who's Jane?_______________________________ 4. Who are Riley and Reese?__________________________ 5. Who are George and Carol?-------------------------- 6. Who's a doctor? _____________________________ 100 UNIT 4
10 Look at the picture. Write sentences with have or has. 1. Julia:Slie har two brotherr 2. Rose: __________________________________ 3. Barbara and Martin:----------------------------- 4. Dan and Michael:------------------------------ 5. Louis:---------------------------------- 11 Write the next number in words. 1. twenty-one,twenty-eight,thirty-five,forty-two,________ 2. four, eight,sixteen,--------, sixty-four 3. ninety-nine, ,seventy-five,sixty-three,fifty-one 4. ten,eleven, twenty-one, thirty-two,fifty-three,________ 12 Complete each sentence with � or has. Then choose the correct response. Circle the letter. 1. Matthew ____ two sisters. a. How old is she? b. How old are they? 2. Mark and Jamie ____ a daughter. a. How old is he? b. How old is she? 3. a brother and a sister. a. How old is your brother? b. How old is my sister? 4. We ____ a son. a. What's your name? b. What's his name? Family 101
JUST FOR FUN www trLanguage c�m 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Read the sentence. Then answer the question. Brothers and sisters have I none, but that man's father is my father's son. Who is "that man"? ______ 2 Complete the puzzle. Across 3. Julie's grandmother is ninety-five. She's--· 6. Sons and daughters 7. A good-looking woman is--· 8. Not tall 10. Her grandchildren are very __. They're one and three years old. 11. A good-looking man is--· 102 IINIT 4 4 6 10 5 8 11 3 Down 1. The English alphabet has __ letters. 2. My father's mother is my--· 4. Dakota Fanning's occupation 5. His daughter's son is his--· 7. Mother and father 9. Heather Joy is Steven Fanning's --· uos AIII :JaMsu" a1PP!H
UNIT 5 Events and Times 1 1 Match the times. 1. _c_ It's half past ten. a. 6:45 2. It's four o'clock. b. 8:55 3. It's noon. c. 10:30 4. It's a quarter after two. d. 12:00 P.M. 5. It's five to nine. e. 4:00 6. It's six ten. f. 6:10 7. It's a quarter to seven. g. 12:00A.M. 8. It's midnight. h. 2:15 2 Look at the pictures. Are the people early. late. or on time? Write sentences. T,Mt: q:i1,.11 ... TO· PHILADELPMIA 2. ------- 3. ------- 103
3 Look at the pictures. Then complete the conversation. FAM1 LY DOCTOR 3:00 7:30 10:15 Whattime 000000000000000000000000 oo 4 Write an occupation for each event. irLanguagecom 1. a concert: a S'in9er 3. a game: ______ 2. a movie: ______ 4. a dinner:------ 5 When is your English class? Circle the day or days. Write the times. I M� I T-1--1Thu� I - [�1�,I... 6 What events are in your city or town this week? Complete the chart. Name fiee-Yovn9 Lim 104 UNIT5 Event Concert Day Time 5atvrday 7:00P.M. 00 Place Mvs-ic Center
7 Look at the posters. ��� Norah Jones us. Japan Now check true or false. 1. The game is on Sunday. 2. The movie is at 7:10 on Wednesday. 3. The dinner is at half past seven. 4. The concert is at three o'clock. 5. The movie is at 3:40 on Saturday. Sunday. 3:00 P.M. Damon Hall true D D D D D rrcstltS... Akira Kurosawa's Seven Samurai false D D D D D 8 Look at the posters in Exercise 7 again. Complete the questions and answers. 1. A: ? B: It's __ one o'clock. 2. A: ? B: It's __ Friday __ a quarter to eight. 3. A: ? B: It's __Thursday. 4. A: ? B: It's __ Sunday __ 3:00. 9 Complete the conversation. Use the times and days on the posters in Exercise 7. 1. You: Hi, ------· How are you? Your friend: Fine, thanks.And you? 2. You: ------·Look.There's a ______ on ______ Your friend: Great! What time? 3. You: Your friend: OK. Let's meet at ______ Events andnmes 105
106 www.irLanguage.com 3 10 Match the ordinal numbers with the people. Draw lines. fifth first ninth eleventh seventh thirteenth second twelfth sixth eighth fourth fifteenth 11 Look at the pictures. Write the months for each type of weather where you live. 1. 2. 3. 12 Complete the sentences with an ordinal number or a month. 1. October is the month of the year. 2. is the fifth month of the year. 3. is the second month of the year. 4. March is the month of the year. 5. December is the month of the year. 6. is the eleventh month of the year. 7. June is the month of the year. 8. is the eighth month of the year. UNITS
13 Complete the conversations. Use the prepositions in, 2.n, and at. 1. A: 2. A: 3. A: 4. A: 5. A: 6. A: 7. A: 8. A: January SMTWTfS I l J 4 5&78910U II ll 14 5 16 17 18 1no n u 11 l4 15 16 1718 lU JI When's your birthday? AmI late? What time is the party? Is the game at 9:15 tonight? When's the dance? What time's the movie? Is the dinner in January? There's a concert at 10:00. 14 Look at the invitation. B: B: B: B: B: B: B: B: Part'J:;:For: Jason's 301h birthday Date: Saturday, March 121h '===� Time: 8:00 p.m. Place: Palm Restaurant Next to the school Don't be latet It's March IIT.Tfl I 2345678 910 ll 12 13 1415 16 17 18192U 11 lll41'il6lll8l9 JO � ____ March.It's ____ March 111 h. No, you're ____ time. It's ____ 1:30. No, it's ____ the afternoon, ____ 3:45. Saturday, ____ 8:00. It's ____ midnight. Yes, it's ____ the 191h. night or ____ the morning? Now answer the questions. Write complete sentences. 1. What month is the party? __lt_''-s- _i11_M_a_rc_J.,____________________ 2. What date is the party?--------------------------- 3. What day is the party?___________________________ 4. What time's the party?--------------------------- 5. Where's the restaurant?__________________________ Events and Times 107
JUST FOR FUN 1 Fill in the answers. Then look at the numbers under the lines. Write the letters in the puzzle. 2 5. 7. 9. 10. 13. 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 8. 11. 12. 1. A dinner, a dance, ora concert 2. The class is on weekdays-Mondays, Wednesdays, and --· 3. An event with athletes 4. April is the __ month of the year. Puzzle ----- 1 2 3 4 3 5 6 l 5 7 3 -Thomas Edison, inventor (U.S.) Complete the puzzle. Across This month has twenty-eight days. Jana's birthday is March 121h. What's her sign? The movie's at 10:15. It's a quarter to ten now. You're --· Good __! (at 7:00 P.M.) Good __! (at 7:00 A.M.) Down The ninth month of the year The fourth weekday The first day of the weekend Another way to say 10:30 Q is the __ letter in the alphabet. The baseball __ is on Friday. 12:00 A.M. 12:00 P.M. 108 UNIT 5 5 7 8 9 4 -- -----12 3 10 1 -------8 4 5 11 6 ----13 7 ------9 2 3 10 3 4 11 1 2 5 12 13 2 3 4 6 8 9 10 12 13 ,, 11
UNIT 6 Clothes 1 Write the names of the clothes. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 109
2 Circle one of the clothing items in each picture. Write a sentence with I like and this. that. these or those. Example: I like thofe pa"tf . 1. 3. 3 Write sentences. Use words from each list. My sister I brother My parents My classmates like My neighbor + likes My friends My friend and I My teacher 2. 3. 4. 5. 110 UNIT 6 restaurants bookstores weekends motorcycles + parties dances movies concerts 4. www 1rl&r..,uagc com 2. n5�, �1rLanguage.oom
4 Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences. Use want. need. or have. 1. 3. 5. _T_J.,_ e_,y,_J.,_a_v_e__ a daughter. _______ that car. _______ a moped. 2. _______ a jacket. 4. _______ a taxi. 6. _______ that tie. 5 Look at the pictures. Compliment each person on his or her clothes. 1. (!) 2. Clothes 111
www irLanguage com �mi· 2 6 Complete the sentences aboutyourself. Use like or don'tlike. Example: I don't like red jackets. 1. brown suits. 2. 3. 4. 5. ________ purple pants. ________ black sweaters. ________ white shoes. ________ blue shirts I blouses. 7 Complete the sentences. Write the simple presenttense of the verb. 1. My daughters those dresses. want 2. Susan's friend her skirt. not like 3. Michael and Steven suits. not have 4. you a jacket? have 5. We shoes for the party. need 6. Anthony this tie? want 7. Ryan large or extra large? need 8. They this blouse in white. not have 8 Look at the clothes. Write a question. Ask forthe color orsize in parentheses. Then complete the shortanswer. (black) (small) 1. Doyov havethere rhoef in black ® (brown) ? No, we don't (large) 2. 3. 4. ____,__________________? Yes,--------� ______________________? Yes,--------� ----------------------? No,--------� 112 UNIT6 u�1�1 ul:ij e;?JD www.irLanguage.com
�mi· 3 9 Write sentences about yourself. Use have I don't have. want I don't want. or need I don't need. Example: expensive shoes: I don'tneed expens-ive f/,,oes- =m·:,,u,;C,;.ri!, 0 1rLanguage....... 1. a graysuit:�-------------------------------- 2. newpants:�-------------------------------- 3. a red sweater:��������������������������������� 4. a white shirt I blouse:---------------------------- 5. alongjacket:______________________________� 10 Read about Elena and Marina. Elena and Marina are looking for new clothes. They're at Fashionistas, a new clothes store. They need clothes for work. Elena is a manager, and Marina is a musician. Elena's suit is old, and she needs a new one. She wants new shoes, too. Marina needs a black dress for a concert on Saturday. Fashionistas has a black suit, a gray suit, a brown suit, and a red suit in Elena's size. Shelikes the gray suit. Fashionistas has a short dress and a long dress in black. Marina wants the short dress. The long dress is very expensive. Fashionistas doesn't have shoes. Elena says, "Look! There's a shoe store across the street." www.irLanguage.com Now read the answers. Then write questions. Use Why. What. or Which. 1. A: ? B: Because her suit is old. 2. A: ? B: A suit and shoes. 3. A: ? B: A black dress. 4. A: ? B: The graysuit. 5. A: ? B: The short dress. Clothes 113
11 Plan your clothes for next week. Write on the calendar. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday 9ray paotS' block 5°"'eoter new black rhoer - ,,.. -•-.. --�- Friday 12 Look at the pictures. Complete the questions and the answers. ,·Satu�ay *'' Stiriday . ·- ·- ---��=� 1. �------------ 2. �------------ 3. �------------ 114 UNIT 6 4. �------------
JUST FOR FUN www.irLanguage.com 1 TAKE A GUESS! Match the numbers with the letters to make these colors. 1. __ green a. red and green 2. __ orange b. yellow and blue 3. __ purple C. yellow and red 4. __ brown d. black and white 5. __ gray e. blue and red 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-+) and down(!). Circle the ten clothes and the ten colors. Then write the clothes and colors on the lines. I p u I K E K T s I R E I B y C J T s s s E K B R 0 w N R E L R A u K w L w T T G u R B L E I D C K I E L H E E u u R E G p G 0 K w R A E I G R E L E A R A R K E T T T K T C T T R A R E L A A T I u E E E W 0 0 A B L u E y L H E I R y E L L 0 w N y I D E H G G R E E N R R N y E L s R D 0 T R E D p N K E s E 0 s s B R R B G R E u E K I E E R H u R E u L A s G R N 0 B A R A I I I s w A u H A p I G s L R N R T L s T C w 0 L L p A N T s G T B 0 I s K R E 0 E K E A H A E B u T R y N H L R R H H R I B L 0 u s E E Clothes Colors p ·s :e ·v :a ·E :) ·z :q ·t :sJaMsuv ssan9 u�IJ::!lul:ije;?y, www.irLanguage.com Clothes 115
116 UNIT7 Activities 1 Put your morning activities in order.Write ordinal numbers (l't, 2nd , ...) on the lines.Write an i next to the activities you don't do. __ take a shower I bath __ eat breakfast __ put on makeup __ get up __ shave __ get dressed __ brush my teeth __ comb I brush my hair Choose your first three morning activities. What time do you do them? Example: I 9et vp at7:00 1. -----------------------------------� 2------------------------------------� 3------------------------------------� 2 Look at the activities and the times.Write sentences in the simple present tense. 1. SJ.e comes- J.ome at GdO
3 Write the name of a family member or friend. Check his or her activities. Name: D takes a shower in the evening D studies after dinner D takes a shower in the morning D watches TV after dinner D doesn't eat breakfast D gets up early on weekends D eats a large breakfast D gets up late on weekends Now write sentences about this person. irLanguage.com -- --- -- ---- ----- 4 Look at the responses. Write questions with When or What time. 1. A: __w_h_ e_n_d_o _e5��-a_ri_n_a_t_a_k_e_a-'-5h_ o_w_e_r_______________________? B: Karina takes a shower in the morning. 2. A: -----------------------------------�? B: Robert goes to bed after midnight. He's an evening person. 3. A: B: My children? They watch TV on weekends, in the morning. 4. A: B: I study after dinner. 5. A: B: Julia gets up at 5:00 A.M. on weekdays. 6. A: B: They come home early-before 5:00 P.M. 5 Complete the conversation. Are you a morning person or an evening person? 1. � --------------------------- And why do you say that? 2. �--------------------------� Activities 117
2 6 On a typical weekday, do you ... ? Check always, usually. sometimes. or�. always usually sometimes never 1. eat breakfast 0 0 0 0 2. watch TV in the evening 0 0 0 0 3. take a shower at night 0 0 0 0 4. read after 10:00 P.M. 0 0 0 0 5. exercise in the morning 0 0 0 0 6. take a nap in the afternoon 0 0 0 0 7. go out for lunch 0 0 0 0 On a typical weekend, do you... ? Check always. usually. sometimes. or�- always usually sometimes never 1. visit friends D D D D 2. go dancing 0 0 0 0 3. study 0 0 0 0 4. go to the movies 0 0 0 0 5. play soccer 0 0 0 0 6. check e-mail D 0 0 0 7. go out for dinner 0 0 0 0 7 Look at your answers in Exercise 6. Write five sentences about your activities. Follow the model. Example: On weekdays-, I vs-vally exercis-e in tJ.,e morning 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 8 Think about the leisure activities of family members and friends. Complete the chart. Name I Relationship grandfatJ.,er 118 UNIT7 Activity take a nap Time expression Frequency in tJ.,e afternoon vs-vally
Now write sentences about what your family members and friends do in their free time. Use your chart. irLaoguage.com Example: Myqrandfatlier vs-vally takes- a napin tlie afternoon 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 9 Look at Larry's weekly schedule. May May 1 Monday • 9et vp at C.:00 A.M. Thursday 4 ' 9et v p at C.:00 A.M. • e;,cercire • Work • take ovttJ..e9arba9e • Work _..___,.....,, · �vdy • take ovttJ..e9arba9e • 9etvp at C.:00 A.M. • 90to rcJ..ool • work • e;,cerc i5e Friday 5 2 Tuesday l ·9et v p at8:30 A.M. - · - 90 _ 5 _ J., _ o _ pp - i o - 9 ���� �� -l -,-,.,_·� li ���e �o �to �m;;.;.:.;v5�ic=--��-,-� Saturday 6 • play roccer 3 Wednesday 1_ � ·90 to tJ..emovie5 • 9etvp at C.:00 A.M. • e;,cerc ire • take a nap • work • do tl,elavo dry • read Sunday 7 Now write questions with How often and complete the answers. 1. A: tlotN often does- Larr)'.'.90 to sd,ool 8: He once a week. 2. A: 8: He twice a week. 3. A: 8: He three times a week. 4. A: 8: He four times a week. ? ? ? ? Activities 119
10 Look at Larry's schedule in Exercise 9 again. Answer the questions. 1. Whendoes Larry work?__________________________ 2. Whendoeshego to school?_______________________� 3. What'shis typic al day like?_________________________ 4. What time doesheget up onFridays?--------------------- 5. What doeshe do inhis free time?______________________ 11 Look at the pictures. Then write sentences about the household chores Mr. and Mrs. Rand do. Mr. Rand 1. 2. Mrs. Rand 3. 4. 5. 12 Write a question with Who for each picture. Then answer the questions with information about your home or your family's home. 120 UNIT7 Example: Who doer the lavlldry 4. --------------�? (J�l�I ..:,l;,j t?"Y' www.irLanguage.com ? I do
JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! What comes once in an afternoon, twice in a week, but never in a day or month? (Hint: It comes once in the alphabet.) Answer: _______ 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-+) and down(!). Circle fourteen activities. Then write the activities in the correct column. w A T C H T V u C E A K A u H I T E p N A C 0 H C L H s 0 I K V R I K L w A s H T H E D I s H E s E A G A L M s G A N A M C T M N M A M E y L M G 0 A L N K B A 0 H A D K T s 0 R 0 D T N T s D K w w K w 0 V 0 A G T A A T H A A E T N E V 0 A C E D 0 N s C E u N A H I D A I C C s A w C y H H 0 M B E A I w I u E N u 0 I C s 0 E u A L 0 N H E u R s R R N B T u T E T A D N s E M L N s K G E G s 0 0 H w A E A E C H C B D 0 T H E L A u N D R y D T E L I s T E N T 0 M u s I C H D T E T A K E A N A p E N H A 0 I E L H T I A K N T T u E w w N s s A Chores I Work activities Leisure activities Activities 121
122 mi:rLanguage.c.... Units 1-7 REVIEW 1 Circle the word or phrase that is different. 1.� classmate neighbor colleague 2. doctor engineer pharmacy scientist 3. last name weekend address phone number 4. subway moped train game 5. brother daughter wife grandmother 6. tall new handsome young 7. concert party restaurant movie 8. skirt blouse dress tie 9. listen to music do the laundry visitfriends go to the movies 10. get up shave come home eat breakfast 2 Read the ad for an event. www.irLanguage.com Women's Soccer Russia and Brazil The Sports Center / , Saturday, May 15°' •• ' l:OOP.M. ;• ' .._ r .._ r Tickets on sale now! - -- Now write a question for each answer. f ( f I 1. A:�����������������������������������? B: A soccer game. 2. A:�����������������������������������? B: The Sports Center. 3. A:�����������������������������������? B: At one o'clock. 4. A:�����������������������������������? B: On Saturday, May 151h.
3 Read about Salma Hayek. This is Salma Hayek. She's an actor. She's from Mexico, but her name is Arabic. Her father's family is from Lebanon. Her mother is Mexican. Her father is a businessman, and her mother is an opera singer. She has one brother, Sarni Hayek. Salma Hayek's birthday is September 2, 1966. She's aVirgo. She is short and very pretty. In September 2007, Hayek became a mother. She and her husband have a daughter. Her name is Valentina Paloma. Salma Hayek's 2002 movie Frida is not an old movie,but it's already a classic. It is the winner of two Academy Awards-for music and for makeup. The movie is about the famous Mexican artist Frida Kahlo. Hayek is Frida in the movie. Alfred Molina is her husband, the artist Diego Rivera. Many of Hayek's friends are in the movie. The acting is great. The colors, art. clothes, and music in Frida are beautiful. Now answer the questions. 1. What does Salma Hayek do?------------------- 2. Is she from Lebanon?______________________ 3. Does Hayek have brothers and sisters?---------------- 4. When is her birthday?_____________________ 5. Howoldis she?_________________________ 6. Is she tall?_________________________ 7. Howold is her daughter?____________________ 8. What is her daughter's first name?------------------ 4 Compare Frida Kahlo and Salma Hayek. Complete the chart. Use the reading in Exercise 3. irLanguage.com Occupation Nationality Nationality of father Nationality of mother Brothers and sisters Birthday artist from Mexico from Germany from Mexico 3 sisters, no brothers July 6, 1907 www.irLanguage.com Review 123
5 Choose one family member, friend, neighbor, or colleague. Complete the information. 1. Name:_________________________________ 2. Relationship to you:---------------------------- 3. Oc�upation:_______________________________ 4. Birthday, age (how old?), sign:------------------------ 5. Adjectives to describe the person:----------------------- 6. Leisureactivities:----------------------------- Now write about this person. Use the information above. OPTIONAL VOCABULARY BOOSTER ACTIVITIES 1 Look at the pictures. Write a� IIl2 question with �and a shortanswer. Use the words in parentheses. 1. 4. A: frhe a bank teller (bank teller) 8: No.be'rnot ? A: _________? (electrician) 8; _________ 124 UNITS 1-7 2. 5. 3. A: _________? A: _________? (doctor) (lawyer) 8: _________ 8; _________ 6. A: _________? A: _________? (florist) (hairdresser) 8; _________ 8: _________
m1rLanguage.c.... 2 Look at the pictures. Write answers to the questions. Remember to capitalize proper nouns. 1. What is the grocery clerk's name?....Hi...:..:..:i £...:cDi.:a:..:.m'-'-"-e..,.if'-'5<-=a::..:.m"-'------------- 2. What is the pharmacist's name?------------------ 3. What is the waiter's name?____________________ 4. What is the travel agent's first name?________________ 5. What is the professor's last name?----------------- 3 Answer a friend's questions about your neighborhood. www.irLanguage.com J 1. How do you go to the supermarket?________________________ 2. Can I walk to the dry cleaners?-------------------------- 3. Where's the coffee shop?____________________________ 4 Which events do you like? Number the events from 1 to 8 in the order you like them. __ plays __ art exhibitions __ ballets __ baseball games __ operas __ volleyball games __ speeches __ football games Review 125
5 Write 1ml, t.Mt, .tb..eg, or� and the names of the clothes. Do you like 1. 6 look at the pictures. Ask for a different color or size. Write � I IlQ questions with �. 1. Do yov 1-tave tl-tere randalr in red 126 UNITS 1-7 2. u�1.P-1u1.:,j�.J1J www.irLanguage.com ?
3. 4. 5. 7 Look at the pictures and the answers. Write the questions. 1. A: How ofteodo --=d-=v_,_5.:...t___? B: Twice a month. you ______? B: On Sundays. 3. A: _______________? 4. A: ______________�? B: My wife does. u�1�1 ul:-j �>" www.irLanguage.com B: Yes, I do. Review 127
Top notch-fundamentals-a

More Related Content

PDF
Top Notch 2 Third Edition.pdf
RitaMunozCazares
 
PDF
Top Notch 1.pdf
PTIT HCM
 
PDF
Top notch fundamentals b sb&amp;wb
Elizabeth Cortez
 
PDF
Top notch fundamental a sb.wb-ocr
SergioMndez19
 
PDF
Tp 1 ss
Maria Camejo
 
PDF
Top notch 1 second edition workbook
Zobjes Palacios
 
PDF
English book 2-student diarioeducacion blog(1)
Bayron Stalyn Mariño Murillo
 
PDF
English book 3-student
UNIVERSIDAD POLITÉCNICA ESTATAL DEL CARCHI
 
Top Notch 2 Third Edition.pdf
RitaMunozCazares
 
Top Notch 1.pdf
PTIT HCM
 
Top notch fundamentals b sb&amp;wb
Elizabeth Cortez
 
Top notch fundamental a sb.wb-ocr
SergioMndez19
 
Tp 1 ss
Maria Camejo
 
Top notch 1 second edition workbook
Zobjes Palacios
 
English book 2-student diarioeducacion blog(1)
Bayron Stalyn Mariño Murillo
 
English book 3-student
UNIVERSIDAD POLITÉCNICA ESTATAL DEL CARCHI
 

What's hot (20)

PDF
Top notch-1-pdf
José Cecilio França
 
PPT
Participial adjectives
zitastank
 
PPT
TOO - ENOUGH
INSTITUTO PERUANO AMERICANO - EL CULTURAL
 
PDF
American english file 2 student book by clive oxenden christina latham koenig...
RodrigoConceioDobler
 
PDF
Daily Routine flashcards
Mary Nylhe River
 
PPT
There was or there were?
Danitza Lazcano Flores
 
PDF
Student book touchstone 2 (2)
jonazerox
 
PPTX
Greetings and Presentations
Zahira Bonilla
 
PDF
Teachers top nocth third edition unit 3
Frank Londoño
 
PPSX
Asking & giving directions
Loba Esteparia
 
PDF
American english file 1 student book
Sheyla Cordeiro
 
PPTX
Introduce yourself basic english
Omar Augusto Gomez
 
PDF
Scope and-sequence
Flor Iñiguez
 
PPT
Simple Past (Was / Were)
lilianamonserrat
 
ODP
Past simple past-continuous
matiseg
 
PPT
Verbo to be grammar
Michelle Ahyde Martinez
 
PDF
English book 4 student
Gabriel Guerrón
 
PPT
Some any ppt
Andrea Vigueras Angloamericano Santa Fe
 
PPTX
Wh questions
Rachel Cheneaux Valz
 
PPTX
Personality adjectives
bmorenovi
 
Top notch-1-pdf
José Cecilio França
 
Participial adjectives
zitastank
 
TOO - ENOUGH
INSTITUTO PERUANO AMERICANO - EL CULTURAL
 
American english file 2 student book by clive oxenden christina latham koenig...
RodrigoConceioDobler
 
Daily Routine flashcards
Mary Nylhe River
 
There was or there were?
Danitza Lazcano Flores
 
Student book touchstone 2 (2)
jonazerox
 
Greetings and Presentations
Zahira Bonilla
 
Teachers top nocth third edition unit 3
Frank Londoño
 
Asking & giving directions
Loba Esteparia
 
American english file 1 student book
Sheyla Cordeiro
 
Introduce yourself basic english
Omar Augusto Gomez
 
Scope and-sequence
Flor Iñiguez
 
Simple Past (Was / Were)
lilianamonserrat
 
Past simple past-continuous
matiseg
 
Verbo to be grammar
Michelle Ahyde Martinez
 
English book 4 student
Gabriel Guerrón
 
Some any ppt
Andrea Vigueras Angloamericano Santa Fe
 
Wh questions
Rachel Cheneaux Valz
 
Personality adjectives
bmorenovi
 
Ad

Similar to Top notch-fundamentals-a (20)

PDF
Basic ten book
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Cambridge face2 face - upper intermediate students book
Susana Martins
 
PDF
KNOWHOW OPENER STB OXFORD
Lizeth Moreno
 
PDF
Workbook
SkyEdge
 
PDF
Cartilla SENA INGLÉS Competencia 1
Diana Pineda
 
PDF
vistas 1 ingles.pdf
AnthonyButto
 
PDF
ngl_pathways_LSCT_1.pdf
K60PhmMaiLinh
 
PDF
E BOOK UNIT 1
Carlos Cazco
 
PDF
Libro de básico 2 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Libro de básico 4 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
467_7- English for Everyone. Level 2 Beginner. Practice Book._2016, 176p.pdf
LarilsonFeijo
 
PDF
Libro Intermedio 3
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Libro de básico 5 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Level A1.1 Students Book Octavo EGB.pdf
Hugomoralesmorales2
 
PDF
Basic Eleven Book.pdf
MariaJoseZapata6
 
PDF
Spanish course for beginners (A1+)
SpanishviaSkype
 
PDF
Libro Intermedio 4
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Basic eleven book
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
PDF
Writing, Grammar, Usage and Style
Joy Celestial
 
PPTX
How to learn language skills and components successfully
Yamith José Fandiño Parra
 
Basic ten book
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Cambridge face2 face - upper intermediate students book
Susana Martins
 
KNOWHOW OPENER STB OXFORD
Lizeth Moreno
 
Workbook
SkyEdge
 
Cartilla SENA INGLÉS Competencia 1
Diana Pineda
 
vistas 1 ingles.pdf
AnthonyButto
 
ngl_pathways_LSCT_1.pdf
K60PhmMaiLinh
 
E BOOK UNIT 1
Carlos Cazco
 
Libro de básico 2 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Libro de básico 4 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
467_7- English for Everyone. Level 2 Beginner. Practice Book._2016, 176p.pdf
LarilsonFeijo
 
Libro Intermedio 3
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Libro de básico 5 del ICPNA
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Level A1.1 Students Book Octavo EGB.pdf
Hugomoralesmorales2
 
Basic Eleven Book.pdf
MariaJoseZapata6
 
Spanish course for beginners (A1+)
SpanishviaSkype
 
Libro Intermedio 4
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Basic eleven book
Alberto Ignacio Calvo Chamache
 
Writing, Grammar, Usage and Style
Joy Celestial
 
How to learn language skills and components successfully
Yamith José Fandiño Parra
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
OBE - B.A.(HON'S) IN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE -Ar.MOHIUDDIN.pdf
ArchitectAFMMohiuddi
 
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
LDMMia Reiki Lectures
 
PDF
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
victor kamau
 
DOC
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
ArchitectAFMMohiuddi
 
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
Medpopz
 
PDF
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf
JohnJerryDalawampu
 
PDF
Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment .pdf
estagiarioprotegesms
 
PDF
IGGE1 Understanding the Self1234567891011
rhea22labucay
 
PDF
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
Nitin Suresh
 
PDF
Chinmaya Tiranga quiz Grand Finale.pdf
Nitin Suresh
 
PDF
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf
Demetrio Ccesa Rayme
 
PDF
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
arcade5
 
PPTX
CHAPTER IV. MAN AND BIOSPHERE AND ITS TOTALITY.pptx
greciamaycalambro
 
PDF
What if we spent less time fighting change, and more time building what’s rig...
Derek Wenmoth
 
PDF
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
iliaskessaris
 
PPTX
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
Gunasundari Selvaraj
 
PDF
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
offersjackpot
 
PDF
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
SameeraNaveed2
 
PDF
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
amitrobanipl
 
PDF
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
EleniIlkou
 
OBE - B.A.(HON'S) IN INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE -Ar.MOHIUDDIN.pdf
ArchitectAFMMohiuddi
 
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
LDMMia Reiki Lectures
 
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
victor kamau
 
Soft-furnishing-By-Architect-A.F.M.Mohiuddin-Akhand.doc
ArchitectAFMMohiuddi
 
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
Medpopz
 
1.3 FINAL REVISED K-10 PE and Health CG 2023 Grades 4-10 (1).pdf
JohnJerryDalawampu
 
Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment .pdf
estagiarioprotegesms
 
IGGE1 Understanding the Self1234567891011
rhea22labucay
 
Weekly quiz Compilation Jan -July 25.pdf
Nitin Suresh
 
Chinmaya Tiranga quiz Grand Finale.pdf
Nitin Suresh
 
ChatGPT for Dummies - Pam Baker Ccesa007.pdf
Demetrio Ccesa Rayme
 
FORM 1 BIOLOGY MIND MAPS and their schemes
arcade5
 
CHAPTER IV. MAN AND BIOSPHERE AND ITS TOTALITY.pptx
greciamaycalambro
 
What if we spent less time fighting change, and more time building what’s rig...
Derek Wenmoth
 
Τίμαιος είναι φιλοσοφικός διάλογος του Πλάτωνα
iliaskessaris
 
Computer Architecture Input Output Memory.pptx
Gunasundari Selvaraj
 
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
offersjackpot
 
Paper A Mock Exam 9_ Attempt review.pdf.
SameeraNaveed2
 
HVAC Specification 2024 according to central public works department
amitrobanipl
 
AI-driven educational solutions for real-life interventions in the Philippine...
EleniIlkou
 

Top notch-fundamentals-a

  • 2. ENGLISH FOR TODAY'S WORLD with workbook JOAN SASLOW ALLEN ASCHER u�I.>:!I ul:,j e:;?.JD 1.5�g.J l:, 6'..c.!),D-:U) O:!I •.:...WI b�J ,-L;L'.i b-t J..ob 9 �.>! # uJg....o b-t -� �,!P �� J..oi...t 9 .::.u....1 1.§Lvl 9 c_>1J, •u_g.:.Lii ...slv uT jl I.SJ,�.>:' � With Top Notch Pop Songs and Karaoke by Rob Morsberger u�1Y-1 ul;,j f!?.JD www.irLanguage.com
  • 3. ABOUT THE AUTHORS Joan Saslow Joan Saslow has taught in a variety of programs in South America and the United States. She is author or coauthor of a number of widely used courses, some of which are Ready to Go, Workplace Plus, Literacy Plus, and Summit. She is also author of English in Context, a series for reading science and technology. Ms. Saslow was the series director of True Colors and True Voices. She has participated in the English Language Specialist Program in the U.S. Department of State's Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs. Allen Ascher Allen Ascher has been a teacher and teacher trainer in China and the United States, as well as academic director of the intensiwt English program at Hunter College. Mr. Ascher has also been an ELT publisher and was responsible for publication and expansion of numerous well-known courses including True Colors, NorthStar, the Longman TOEFL Preparation Series, and the Longman Academic Writing Series. He is coauthor of Summit and he wrote the "Teaching Speaking" module of Teacher Development Interactive, an online multimedia teacher-training program. Ms. Saslow and Mr. Ascher are frequent presenters at professional conferences and have been coauthoring courses for teens, adults, and young adults since 2002. AUTHORS' ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are indebt.,d to these reviewers, who provided extensive and detailed feedback and suggestions for Top Notch, as well as the hundreds of teachers who completed surveys and participated In groups. Manuel Wilson Alvarado Miles, Quito, Ea,ador• Shirley Ando, Otemoe UnMITTity, Hyogo, Japan• Vanessa de Andrade, CC8EU Inter Americano, Curitiba, Brazil• Miguel Arrazola, CM, Santa Cruz, 8olivia• Mark Barta, Proflciency School of English, Sao Paulo, Brazil• Edwin Bello, PROULEX, Guadalajara, Mexico• Mary Blum, CaA, Cochabamba, Bollvlo• Maria Elizabeth Boccia, Proflciency School of English, Sao Paulo, Brazil• Pamela Cristina Borja Ball6n, Quito, Ecuodor• Eliana Anabel L Buccia, AMtCANA, Mendoza, Argentina• Jose Humberto Calderon Dfaz, CAI.USA(. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Marla Teresa Calienes Csirke, ldiomos Cat61lco, limo, Perv• Esther Maria Carbo Morales, Quito, Ecuador• Jorge Washington Cardenas Castillo, Quito, Ea,ador• Erendira Yadira Carrera Garcia, WM Oiopultepec. Mexico Oty, Mexico• Viviane de Cassia Santos Carlini, Spectrum Une, Pouso Alegre, Brazil• Centro Colombo Americano, Bogota, Colombia• Gvven C'tftci, Fatlh Uni"9rsity, Istanbul, Turkey• Diego Cisneros, CaA, Tarijo, Bolivia• Paul Crook, Meisei Uniwrslty, Tokyo, Japan• Alejandra Dfaz Loo, El Cultural, Arequipa, Peru• Jesus G. Diaz Oslo, Florido Notional College, Miami, USA• Maria Eid Ceneviva, CBA, Bo1Ma• Amalia Elvira Rodriguez Espinoza De Los Monteros, Guayaquil, Ecuador• Marla Argelia Estrada Vasquez, CAI.USA<:. Guatemala City, Guatemala• John Fielcleldy, College of Engineering, Nihon l.lmiersity, Aizuwakomatsu-shi, Japan• Marleni Humbelina Flores Urizar, CAI.USA(. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Ganzalo Fortune, CaA, Sucre, Bolivia• Andrea Fredricks, Embassy CES, Son Francisco, USA• Irma Gallegos Pelaez, WM Tlolpon, Mexico Oty, Mexico• Alberto Gamarra, CaA, Santa Cruz, Bolivia• Marla Amparo Garcia Pelia, ICPNA Cusco, Peru• Amanda Glllis-Furutaka, Kyoto Sangyo Uni..,sity, Kyoto, Japan• Martha Angelina Gonzalez Parraga, Guayaquil, Ea,ador• Octavio Gorcluno Ruiz• Ralph Grayson, lcliomas Cot61ica, Uma, Perv• Murat Gult.lcln, Fotih Uni¥ersity, Istanbul, Turkey• Oswaldo Gutierrez, PROULEX, Guadalajara, Mexico• Ayaka Hashinishi, Otemae Unl..,slty, Hyoga, Japan• Alma Lorena Hernandez de Armas, CALUSAC. Guatemala Oty, Guatemala• Kent Hill, Seigakuln Uniwrsity, Soitoma-loen, Japan• Kayoko Hirao, Nichti Gakkon Company, COCO Juku, Japan• Jesse Huang, National Central Uni"9rsity, Taoyuan, Taiwan• Eric Charles Jones, Seoul Uniwrslty of Technology, Seoul, South Korea• Jun-Chen Kuo, Tojen Unl""'rslty, PingM,g, Taiwan• Susan Krieger, Embassy CES, San Francisco, USA• Ana Marfa de la Torre Ugarte, ICPNA Chicloyo, Peru• Erin Lemalstre, Ou,g-Ang Uni"9rslty, Seoul, South Korea• Eleanor S. Leu, Soochow Uniwrslty, Taipei, Taiwan• Ylhul Li (Stella Li), Fooyin Uniwrsity, Koohslwlg, Taiwan• Chin-Fan Lin, Shi! Hsin Uni"9rslty, Taipei, Taiwan• Linda Lin, Tatung lnsti1ute of Tedlnology, Taiwan• Kristen Lindblom, Embassy CES, San Francisco, USA• Patricio David L6pez Logacho, Quito, Ecuador• Diego L6pez Tasara, ldiomos Cat6rica, Umo, Peru• Neil Macleod, Kansai Gaidal Uni¥11t'sity, Osaka, Japan• Adriana Marces, ldiomos Catollca, Uma, Peru• Robyn McMurray, Pusan Notional Uni..,sity, Busan, South Korea• Paula Medina, London Language lnstlMe, London, Canada• Juan Carlos Muiioz, American School Way, Bogota, Colombia• Noriko Mori, Otemoe Uni¥erslty, Hyogo, Japan• Adrian Esteban Narvaez Pacheco, Cuenca, Ecuador• Tim Newflelds, Tokyo Uni¥erslty faOllty of Economics, Tokyo, Japan• Ana Cristina Ochoa, CCBEU Inter Amer1cano, Curitiba, Broz,1• Tania Elizabeth Ortega Santacruz, Cuenca, Ecuador• Martha Patricia Paez, Quito, Ecuador• Maria de Lourdes P6rez Valdespino, Unl¥111'sldad del Volle de Mexico, Mexico• Wahrena Elizabeth Pfeister, u�1Y-1 u'1j {51'.JD www.irLanguage.com Uni""'rslty of Suwon, Gyeonggi-Oo, South Korea• Wayne Allen Pfeister, Uni"9rsity of Suwon, Gyeonggi-Oo, South Korea• Andrea Rebonato, CCBEU Inter Americ:ono, Curitiba, Brazil• Thomas Robb, Kyoto Songyo Uniwrslty, Kyoto, Jopon• Mehran Sabet, Seigokuln Uniwrslty, Soitama- loen, Japan• Majid Safadaran Mosazadeh, ICPNA Chldayo, Perv• Timothy Samuelson, BrldgeEnglhh, Demer, USA• Hector Sanchez, PROUI.EX,Guadalajara, Mexico• M6nica Alexandra Sanchez Escalante, Quito, Ecuador• Jorge Mauricio Sanchez Montalvan, Quito, Unl"ltrsldod Politecnlca Soleslona {UPS), Ecuador• Letfcia Santos, ICBEU lbio, Brazil• Elena Sapp, INTO Oregon State Uniwrslty, Corvallis, USA• Robert Sheridan, Otemoe Uniwrsity, Hyogo, Japan• John Eric Sherman, Hong le Umersity, Seoul, South Korea• Brooks Slaybough, Asia Umersity, Tokyo, Japan•Jocio Vlfor Soares, NACC. Sao Paulo, Brazil• Silvia Solares, CBA, Sucre, Bor1Vio• Chayawan Sonchaeng, Delaware County Community College, Media, PA• Maria Julia Suarez, CM, Cochabamba, Bolivia• EI­ Suclakova, English language Center, Kiev, Ukraine• Richard Swingle, Kansai Gaidal College, Osaka, Japan• Blanca Luz Terrazas Zamora, ICPNA Cusco, Peru• Sandrine Ting, St. John's Uni"9rsity, New Taipei City, Toiwon• Christian Juan Torres Medina, Guayaquil, Ecuador• Raquel Torrico, CBA, Sucre, Bolivia• Jessica Ueno, Otemae Uniwrslty, Hyogo, Japan• Ximena Vacaflor C., CBA, Torija, Bolivia• Rene Valdivia Pereira, CBA, Santa Cruz, Bolivia• Salange Lopes Vinagre Casto, SENA(. Sao Paulo, Brazil• Magno Alejandro Vivar Hurtado, Cuenca, Ecuador• Dr. Wen-hsien Yang, National Kaohsiung Hospitality College, l<aohsiwlg, Taiwan• Juan Zarate, B Cultural, Arequipa, Perv
  • 4. LEARNING OBJECTIVES Top Nofdi Funi*»1•1foa is designed for true beginning students or for students needing the support of a very low-level begiming course. No prior knowledge of English is assumed or necessary. iv Places and How to Get There Family Events and Times Clothes Activities Units 1-7 Review COMMUNICATION GOALS VOCABULARY GRAMMAR • Tell a classmate your occupation • Identify your classmates • Spell names • Introduce people • Tellsomeoneyourfirstand last name • Get someone's contact information • Talk about locations • Discuss how to get places • Discuss transportation • Identify people in your family • Describe your relatives • Talk about your family • Confirm that you're on time • Talk about the time of an event • Ask about birthdays • Give and accept a compliment • Ask for colors and sizes • Describe clothes • Talk about morning and evening activities • Describe what you do in your free time • Discuss household chores • Occupations • The alphabet • More occupations • Relationships (non-family) • Titles • First and last names • Numbers 0-20 • More relationships I More titles • Places in the neighborhood • Locations • Ways to get places • Means of transportation • Destinations VOCABUL:ARY BOOSTER • More places • Family relationships • Adjectives to describe people • Numbers 21-101 VOCABUlARY.BOOSTER • More adjectives • What time is it? • Efiljy, on time, late • Events • Days of the week • Ordinal numbers • Months of the year VOCABULAR BOOSTER • More events • Clothes • Colors and sizes • Opposite adjectives to describe clothes VOCABULARY BOOSTER • More clothes • Daily activities at home • Leisure activities • Household chores • More household chores • Verb�: • Singular and plural statements, contractions • Yes I !!Q questions and short answers • Common errors • Subject pronouns • Articles aI i!!! • Nouns: • Singular and plural I Common and proper •#:fo•H+-hfrlExtra practice • Possessive nouns and adjectives • Be from I Questions with Where, common errors • Verb�: information questions with WhaJ f3-fMfolH=H+ifrJExtra practice • Verb�: questions with Where • Subject pronoun .it • The imperative • � to express means of transportation •#1ii:•H=l-+ifrjExtra practice • Verb�: • Questions with Who and common errors • With adjectives • Questions with tl9w old • Adverbs� and� • Verb � I !)j§: affirmative statements •§;IW:IH=i+§frjExtra practice • Verb�: questions about time • Prepositions [!l, QI!, and fil for dates and times • Contractions and common errors fii:il·•H=H+ifrlExtra practice • Demonstratives ti�. 1..tifil, these, th9.� • The simple present tense: like, �.m. ��. and have: • Affirmative and negative statements • Questions and short answers • Spelling rules and contractions • Adjective placement and common errors • �and on� •#foif:lh=l-@HExtra practice • The simple present tense: • Third-person singular spelling rules • Questions with W..heo and Whattime • Questions with How often. time expressions • Questions with W!!Qassubject, common errors • Frequency adverbs and time expressions: • Usage, placement, and common errors f§fi/::'·frf:ooh!hExtra practice
  • 5. CONVERSATION STRATEGIES LISTENING / PRONUNCIATION READING / WRITING • Use And you? to show interest in another person • Use Excuse me to initiate a conversation • Use Excuse me? to indicate you haven't heard or didn't understand • Use ThanksJ to acknowledgesomeone's complying with a request • Identify someone's relationship to you when making an introduction • Use too to reciprocate a greeting • Begin a question with Am! to indicate you want additional information • Repeat part of a question to clarify • Reoeat information to confirm • Use You're waj_co_me to formally acknowledge thanks • Use OK to acknowledge advice • Use What about you? to show interest in another person • Use And to shift the topic • Use Tell me about to invite someone to talk about a topic • Use� to indicate you are deciding how to begin a response • Use And how about? to ask for more information • Use Heallyl toshowinterest ormildsurprise • Use Uh-oh to indicate you may have made a mistake • Use Look to focus someone's attention on something • Use G@_<!!l to show enthusiasm for an idea • Offer someone best wishes on his or her birthday • Respond to a person's birthday wishes • Acknowledge a compliment with Thank you • Apologize with I'm sorry when expressing disappointing information • Use That's too bad to express disappointment • Use What about you? to ask for someone's opinion • Use Well to soften a strong opinion • Say Me? to give yourself time to think of a personal response • Use Well to introduce a lengthy response • Use What about you? to ask for parallel information • Use SJ! to introduce a conversation topic • Use How abQ!!1__y.9J!l to ask for parallel information • SaySure to indicate a willingness to answer • Begin a response to an unexpected question with Oh Listening Tasks • Circle the letter you hear • Identify correct spelling of names • Write the name you hear spelled • Identifythe correct occupation • Writethe missing information: names and occupations Pronunciation • Syllables Listening Tasks • Complete statements about relationships • Circle the correct information • Fill in names. phone numbers, and e-mail addresses you hear Pronunciation • Stress in two-word pairs Listening Tasks • Write the places you hear • Write the directions you hear, using affirmative and negative imperatives • Circle the means of transportation • Write In' phrases, check destinations you hear Pronunciation • Falling intonation for questions with w.tiere Listening Tasks • Identify the picture of a relative being described • Choose the adjective that describes the people mentioned in a conversation Pronunciation • Number contrasts Listening Tasks • Identify events and circle the correct times • Write the events you hear in a date book • Circle the dates you hear Pronunciation • Sentence rhythm Listening Tasks • Confirm details about clothes • Determine colors of garments Pronunciation • Plural nouns Listening Task • Match chores to the people who performed them Pronunciation • Third-person singular verb endings Reading Text • Simple forms and business cards Writing Task • Write affirmative and negative statements about people in a picture pj-jfjj/j§=+@fhGuided writing practice Reading Text • Short descriptions of famous people, their occupations, and countries of origin Writing Task • Write sentences about your relationships §fofj/id=H+ifhGuided writing practice Reading Texts • Simple maps and diagrams • Introductions of people,theirrelationshipsand occupations, where they live, and how they get to work Writing Task • Write questions and answers about the place! in a complex picture •frhfj/jijljif,fiijGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A family tree • A magazine article about famous actors and their families Writing Task • Write a description of the people in your fami •frlOj/jffr@j&-fGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A world map with time zones • Events posters • Newspaper announcements • A zodiac calendar Writing Task • Write about events at your school or inyour cit i@-IOl/!§=+§!i;jGuided writing practice Reading Texts • A sales flyer from a department store Writing Task • Write sentences about the clothes you have, need, want, and like f/-lO!iid=i-1-HfhGuided writing practice Reading Text • A review of housekeeping robots Writing Task • Describe your typical week, using adverbs of frequency and time expressions i@-IO!iid=-••@j&-fGuided writing practice V
  • 6. CONTENTS vi STUDENT BOOK UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 UNIT 4 UNIT 5 UNIT 6 UNIT 7 UNITS 1-7 Names and Occupations ............................... 4 About People........................................ 12 Places and How to Get There ........................... 20 Family ............................................. 28 Events and Times .................................... 36 Clothes ............................................ 44 Activities .......................................... . 52 Review............................................. 60 REFERENCE CHARTS Countries and nationalities INumbers 100 to 1,000,000,000 ..................... 64 Irregular verbs I Pronunciation table .................................... . 64 Vocabulary Booster ............................. . ............ . ..... 65 Grammar Booster ....................................... . ......... 69 Writing Booster ................................................... 75 Top Notch Pop Lyrics ................................................ 78 WORKBOOK UNIT 1 UNIT 2 UNIT 3 UNIT 4 UNIT 5 UNIT 6 UNIT 7 UNITS 1-7 Names and Occupations .............................. 81 About People........................................ 87 Places and How to Get There ...........................93 Family ............................................. 98 Events and Times ................................... 103 Clothes ........................................... 109 Activities .......................................... 116 Review............................................ 122 ·• ·. . i . '
  • 7. TO THE TEACHER What is Top Notch? Top Notch is a six-level* communicative course that prepares adults and young adults to interact successfully and confidently with both native and non-native speakers of English. The goal of Top Notch is to make English unforgettable through: • Multiple exposures to new language • Numerous opportunities to practice it • Deliberate and intensive recycling The Top Notch course has two beginning levels-Top Notch Fundamentals for true beginners and Top Notch 1 for false beginners. Top Notch is benchmarked to the Global Scale of English and is tightly correlated to the Can-do Statements of the Common European Framework of Reference. Each full level of Top Notch contains material for 60-90 hours of classroom instruction. In addition, the entire course can be tailored to blended learning with an integrated online component, MyEnglishLab. NEW This third edition of Top Notch includes these new features: Extra Grammar Exercises, digital full-color Vocabulary Flash Cards, Conversation Activator videos, Pronunciation Cooch videos, and a Writing Booster. * Summit 1 and Summit 2 are the titles of the 5th and 6th levels of the Top Notch course. Award-Winning Instructional Design* Daily confirmation of progress Each easy-to-follow two-page lesson begins with a clearly stated practical communication goal closely aligned to the Common European Framework's Con-do Statements. All activities ore integrated with the goal, giving vocabulary and grammar meaning and purpose. Now You Con activities ensure that students achieve each goal and confirm their progress in every class session. True-beginner vocabulary and grammar Clear captioned picture-dictionary illustrations with accompanying audio take the guesswork out of meaning and pronunciation. Grammar presentations clarify form, meaning, and use. The unique Recycle this Language feature continually puts known words and grammar in front of students' eyes as they communicate, to make sure language remains active. A new Writing Booster in the bock of the Student's Book provides guided writing practice that incorporates vocabulary and grammar from the unit. • Top Holdt ls the recipient of the Association of Educational Publishers' Distinguished Achievement AwanJ. Authentic socioI language Even beginning students should learn appealing natural social language. Forty-two memorable Conversation Models provide lively controlled conversation practice that ensures enthusiasm and motiVOtion, irLanguage.com Active listening syllabus All Vocabulary presentations, Pronunciation presentations, Conversation Models, Listening Comprehension exercises, and Readings ore recorded on the audio, ensuring that students develop good pronunciation, intonation, and auditory memory. In addition, approximately fifty tasks specifically developed for beginning learners develop fundamental comprehension skills. We wish you and your students enjoyment and success with Top Notch Fundamentals. We wrote it for you. Joan Saslow and Allen Ascher vii
  • 8. COMPONENTS ActiveTeach Maximize the impact of your Top Notch lessons. This digital tool provides an interactive classroom experience that can be used with or without an interactive whiteboard (IWB). It includes a full array of digital and printable features. ·-­...__ For class presentation ••• e NEW Conversation Activator videos: increase students' confidence in oral communication e NEW Pronunciation Coach videos: facilitate clear and fluent oral expression -. IR 'ytdJ� ·-. 0 NEW Extra Grammar Exercises: ensure mastery of grammar G NIW Digital Full-Color Vocabulary Flash Cards: accelerate retention of new vocabulary -•QClickable Audio: instant access to the complete classroom audio program • Top Notch TV Video Program: a hilarious sitcom and authentic on-the-street interviews • Top Notch Pop Songs and Karaoke: original songs for additional language practice MyEnglishlab An optional onllne learning tool ...."S lftlllf'IIC-.""' .. pv.... ...,.., ..,..............................................-,.rt.1.... ...........................................,.,............,..._..,.....,....,.,......,,..,...,.,nw ...................................."°"....,...,.,,.......,....-................,...........................Gi*Wl...,.,c.n.........,......,,.......................,,.,.............------I (,,111f""' • �• •.,..,., , .. . • PtARION • NIW Grammar Coach videos plus the Pronunciation Coach videos, and Digital Vocabulary Flash Cords • NIW Immediate meaningful feedback on wrong answers • NIW Remedial grammar exercises Q ;::::· - ::.:: - -� _,__ 91·-��-=:=-=� 8 ·:::- --=-- -.,. -.:o.. :� f- . :; ::;- Workbook For planning... • A Methods Handbook for a communicative classroom • Detailed timed lesson plans for each two-page lesson • Top Notch TV teaching notes • Complete answ er keys, audio scripts, and video scripts For extra support •.. • Hundreds of extra printable activities, with teaching notes • Top Notch Pop language exercises • Top Notch TV activity worksheets For assessment •.. • Ready-made unit and review achievement tests with options to edit, odd, or delete items. Lesson-by-lesson written exercises to accompany the Student's Book Full-Course Placement Tests Choose printable or online version Classroom Audio Program • A set of Audio CDs, as an alternative to the clickable audio in the ActiveTeach • Contains a variety of authentic regional and non-native accents to build comprehension of diverse English speakers • NEW The entire audio program is available for students atwww.english.com/topnotch3e. The mobile opp Top Notch Go allows access anytime, anywhere and lets students practice at their own pace. Teacher's Edition and Lesson Planner • Interactive practice of all material presented in the course • Detailed interleaved lesson plans, language and culture • Grade reports that display performance and time on task notes, answer keys, and more • Auto-graded achievement tests • Also accessible in digital form in the ActiveTeach For more information: www.pearsonelt.com/fopnofch3e viii
  • 9. Welcome to Top Notch! liii!iIIIntroduce yo : rself � I 1 ... CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Hi. I'm Martin. B: Hi, Martin. I'm Ben. 1 Introduce yourself. 2 Greet people. 3 Say good-bye. A: Nice to meet you, Ben. B: Nice to meet you, too. 2 ""J..03 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. IWi'(l]lliJ�!,�I Introduce yourself PAIR WORK Now introduce yourself to your classmates. .,., Hi. Hello. Greetings IJ!":· m Responses Nice to meet you. Glad to meet you. I'm [Lisa]. It's a pleasure to meet you. Welcome
  • 10. lffiiitl Greet people 1 .,. CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Hi, Len. How are you? B: Fine, thanks. And you? A: I'm fine. 2 p,, RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 .,. VOCABULARY • More greetings Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. Greet people PAIRWORK Now greet your classmates. ,.,. Greetings How are you? How's everything? How's it going? 2 Welcome C:-) .,. .0 Responses I."': 1 Fine. I I'm fine. �: Great. po.! Not bad. 'Cl' So-so.
  • 11. [ffiEISay good-bye l 'r- 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Good-bye, Charlotte. B: Good-bye, Emily. A: See you tomorrow. B: OK. See you! 2 II': ·.U RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. Say good-bye PAIR WORK Now say good-bye to your classmates. II': Ways to say good-bye Good-bye. Bye. See you later. Take care. NOWI CAN D Introduce myself. D Greet people. D Say good-bye. Welcome 3
  • 12. (Kl]1',I�I(I):!tfflii[I]:ltt11!1�i www.irLanguage.com Tell a classmate your occupation. 2 Identify your classmates. UNIT 3 Spell names. Names and Occupations [ffl Tell a classmate your occu � ion I VOCABULARY BOOSTER VOCABULARY • Occupations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More occupations • p. 125 • !! a teacher 2 a student 3 an architect 6 a musician 4 an actor 5 an athlete 7 an artist 8 a banker 9 a singer 2 PAIR WORK Say the name of an occupation. Your partner points (c::?) to the picture. 3 GRAMMAR • Verb be: singular statements I Contractions Affirmative statements I Contractions I am Ann. I I'm Ann. Negative statements I Contractions I am not Jen. I I'm not Jen. 10 a flight attendant Articles � I an a teacher an actor You are an architect. I You're an architect. He is a teacher. I He's a teacher. She is a singer. I She's a singer. You are not an artist. I You're not an artist. I You aren't an artist. He is not a student. I He's not a student. I He isn't a student. She is not a banker. I She's not a banker. I She isn't a banker. 4 UNIT 1
  • 13. llm!lm MORE EXERCISES 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write the article� or an for each occupation. 1 I'm ......... architect. 3 He's not ......... banker. 2 She's ......... student. 4 He is ......... musician. 5 PAIR WORK Point to the people on page 4. Say He's __ or She's __. 6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Read the names 5 She is ......... singer. 6 I'm not ......... athlete. ,, He's a teacher. ,, ,, She's a flight attendant. ,, and occupations. Write affirmative and negative statements. 1 Orlando Bloom ..!f.��.�.C:!.'?.�·.J:I.��'?.�.':'..�i.,:i.9��:..... 3 Joo Yeon Sir ................................................. 2 Luis Miguel ................................................. 4 Marta ................................................. 1Wl�1 1'rnl1�M1 Tell a classmate your occupation www 1rLanguage.com 1 • :15 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What do you do? B: I'm an architect. And you? A: I'm a banker. 2 • · 6 RHYTHM ANO INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own occupations. A: What do you do? B: I'm .......... And you? A: I'm ......... . 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Tell another classmate your occupation.
  • 14. '= 1 � • VOCABULARY • More occupations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS 1 She's a chef. 2 He's a writer. 3 She's a manager. 5 He's a doctor. 6 She's an engineer. 7 He's a photographer. 2 GRAMMAR • Singular and plural nouns I Be: plural statements Singular nouns a chef an athlete Plural nouns 2 chefs 3 athletes Affirmative statements I Contractions Negative statements I Contractions 4 She's a scientist. 8 He's a pilot. Subject pronouns Singular Plural I we you you he they she We are photographers./ We're photographers. You are scientists. I You're scientists. We are not chefs./ We're not chefs./ We aren't chefs. They are writers. I They're writers. You are not pilots./ You're not pilots./ You aren't pilots. They are not artists./ They're not artists./ They aren't artists. 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each statement with a singular or plural form of be. 1 I ......... a writer. 3 We ......... doctors. 5 We ......... managers. 2 She ......... not a pilot. 4 They ......... not scientists. 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE @the correct word or words to complete each statement. 1 I am (an artist I artists I artist). 3 She is (banker I a banker I bankers). mmm 2 We are (a flight attendant I flight attendants I 4 They are (a writer I writers I writer). � flight attendant). 6 UNIT 1 www.irLanguage.com
  • 15. lilll!lm MORE :XERCISES 5 GRAMMAR • Be: ruI no questions and short answers Yes I no questions Are you Is he • an architect? Is Tanya Are you Are they ' musicians? Are Ted and Jane Short answers Yes, I am. Yes, : ��e I is. Yes, ;�y • are. No, I'm not. : he'sNo,, h , • s e s not. No ; we're not. ' • they're : ----.....................--..............--..............._.............,.,......,..._,.._..,..__,.,.___..._.,.......,,,....,...,,......,..............._..., Be careful! 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations.Use contractions when possible. A: ...6��....they Abby and Jonah? 8: Yes, ......................... . 2 A: ................. Hanna a scientist? Yes, I am. NOT Yes, she is. NOT Yes, weare. NOT 4 A: ................. a chef? 8: Yes, I ......................... . 5 A: ................. he Evan? �­ Yes, she's. Yes, ne'Fe. 8: No, she'......................... .................. a doctor: 8: No, ..................... not.He'......... Michael. 3 A: ................. you Rachel and Philip? 6 A: ......... Tim an actor? B: No, we'......................... .................. Judith and Jack. 7 PAIR WORK Practice the conversations from Exercise 6. 8 PAIR WORK Ask your partner two questions. Answer your partner's questions. '' Are you an artist? '' 1 IJJo'. • CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Excuse me.Are you Marie? 8: No, I'm not. I'm Laura.That's Marie. A: Where? B: Right over there. A: Thank you. 8: You're welcome. 2 IJJo'. l:11 RHY THM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation.Use real names. Then change roles. A: Excuse me. Are you ......... ? 8: No, I'm not.I'm ......... . That's ......... . A: Where? B: Right over there. A: Thank you. B: You're welcome. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Identify other classmates. u�l�I ol:,j �,>/J www.irLanguage.com " Yes, I am. " ---' 8: No, he'................... . ............... a teacher.
  • 16. =1 VOCABULARY • The alphabet Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 ... LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen.@he letter you hear. I A I K I 41 u I O I 71 F I X 10 I I GI n I o I G I 2 I B I E s! B I z I sl X s n I L IN I 14 I HI K I 31MINI 61 T C 91 z V 12 I KI I I 15 I pI E 3 PAIR WORK Read 10 letters aloud to your partner. 4 ... • LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen.@he correct spelling. Then spell each name aloud.Point to the letters you hear. mmmJ C F Q H B V U m11mo --�-- 1 y p D R K L G A DEi 6 GRAMMAR • Proper nouns and common nouns Green Greene Grin Leigh Lee Li Katharine Katherine Catharine 5 .,. • LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen to the conversations. Write the names. 1 ..................................... 2 ..................................... 3 ..................................... Capital letters ABC Proper nouns Lowercase letters abc The names of people and places are proper nouns. Use a capital letter to begin a proper noun. �----.---=-1 Melanie Pepper New Delhi Nicaragua Common nouns Other nouns are common nouns. Use a lowercase letter to be1in a common noun. morning doctor �udent 8 UNIT 1
  • 17. IJlliJl1.!J MORE EXERCISES 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE@the proper nouns. Underline the common nouns. 1 Mary Chase 3 name S partners 2 letter 4 France 6 alphabet 8 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Check� the common nouns. Capitalize the proper nouns. D 1 J;}arie D 3 sarah browne D S canada 0 2 partner D 4 teacher D 6 noun "em�i 9 � PRONUNCIATION • Syllables Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH �-----------------------------, 1 syllable chef 2 syllables bank• er 3 syllables ar• chi• tect 4 syllables pho• tog• ra• pher 10 ...N231 PAIR WORK First, take turns saying each word. Write the number of syllables. Then listen to check your work. 1 teacher ......... 3 vocabulary ......... S occupation ......... 2 students ......... 4 alphabet ......... 6 they're ......... Spell names 1 11": :ffl CONVERSATION MODEL A: Hello. I'm John Bello. B: Excuse me? A: John Bello. B: How do you spell that? A: B-E-L-L-0. B: Thanks! 2 ....IQ'z RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. .. ..��m 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use real names. Then change roles. A: Hello. I'm .......... B: Excuse me? A: ......... . B: How do you spell that? www.irLanguage.com A: .......... B: Thanks! DONTSTOP! Ask about occupations: What do you do? 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. D 7 letter D 8 grammar � UNIT 1 9
  • 18. 1 � • LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the number of each conversation in the correct box. D -r&- LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Complete the information. ti A1•ailabl�forrlwnu, A ! NAME Porter J 0 "°':: • -..!::;::;;;;;.;;;;;;;;;;;;:;::�::;:::;;;�=:;;;;:;-:;::;i:.:;;;;;;;;;;;::;::::;::::;;:r::;:;;:;::;::i:c:;:::::;: WorId Language John Institute 3 PAIR WORK Choose a famous person. Write that person's information on the form. Then play the role of that person and introduce "yourself" to your partner. Ucenitd Insured PILOT john@ainui.com H Hi. I'm [Bradley Cooper]. " I'm [an actor]. And you? 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Answer the questions about four famous people. Use subject pronouns and contractions. � '"' ... - ...t' •. .. Zheng Jie athlete Lorraine Clare 1-800-555-6788 English 1 Is Idris Elba an actor or a singer? 3 Is Zheng Jie a teacher? .5 Is Mario Vargas Llosa an actor? He'r on actor. 2 Is Paulina Aguirre a singer? 4 Are Zheng Jie and Mario Vargas Llosa scientists? 5 PERSONAL RESPONSES Write responses with real information. 1 "Hi. I'm Art Potter." 3 "What do you do?" 6 Is Zheng Jie an athlete or a writer? GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 1 review • p. 135 � ....................................... � ....................................... fw .1drtir1011al lungur1g,.. J>rit(llft• J'JTOPNOTCH lltl •Lyrics p. 150 "What Do You Do?"2 "Are you a teacher?" � ....................................... 10 UNIT 1 4 "Thank you." � ....................................... . .... ....... ....SONG KARAOK£ ---
  • 19. lill!!WJ GAMES . u�'>.!' ultJ ti!JA -www.irLanguage.com POINT Name the occupations in the pictures. For example: SJ.,e's a" a,tirt. PAIR WORK 1 Ask and answer questions about the people. For example: Is- Joh" a photo9 ropher'? Yes, J.,e is. 2 Create conversations for the people. For example: /i, I'm WRITING Write affirmative and negative statements about the people in the picture. For example: Rore is a" artirt: She's not OI" a,d,itect. t?·HiWi:t•Jt�ilfl p. U6 Gumnceforthis writincexercise 1pations in the �stions about the e: >'1er? Yer, J.,e ir. 1s for the people. it:..i--"1il-•-----...---.tive and negative )lc:ilor::11111::m c:iuoul uu/people in the picture. For example: Rore ir an artirt. SJ.,e1 5 not an arcJ...itect. WRITING BOOSTER p. 146 Guidance for this writing exercise
  • 20. UNIT About People [iJ]EJ Introduce �pie I 1 Introduce people. 2 Tell someone your first and last name. 3 Get someone's contact information. 'C 1 VOCABULARY• Relationships Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. liliililJI MORE EXERCISES 1 a classmate 2 a friend 3 a neighbor VOCABULARY BOOSTER More relationships • p. 126 4 a ooss :, a co11eague 2 GRAMMAR • Possessive nouns and adjectives Ms. Ellis is Joe's teacher. Joe is her student. Possessive nouns Al Smith is Kate's boss. Larry's colleague is Teresa. We are Sara and Todd's neighbors. I am Ms. Tan's student. We are Marty's classmates. Possessive adjectives He is her boss. Teresa is his colleague. We are their neighbors. She is my teacher. Marty is our classmate. Subject Possessive pronouns adjectives I-+ my you -+ your he -+ his she -+ her we -+ our they -+ their 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct word or words to complete each sentence. ,,Language.com 4 1 Mr. Thomas is (my I I) boss. 2 Is Mrs. Cory (you I your) teacher? 3 Is (she I her) Dr. Kim? 4 Are (they I their) Connie and Sam? 5 Are (your I you) Barry's friend? PAIR WORK Tell a classmate about at least three of your relationships. Use the Vocabulary. 6 He's (my I I) colleague. 7 Mr. Benson is (Alec I Alec's) neighbor. 8 Jake is (Ms. Rose I Ms. Rose's) student. 9 (He's I His) an architect. 10 (Kyle I Kyle's) and Ray's classmate is Gail. ,, Jerry is my classmate. Ted and ,, Jan Keyes are my neighbors. 12 UNIT 2
  • 21. LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the relationships. 1 Bruce is her ..................... . 3 Mr. Grant is her ..................... . 5 Carlos is his ...................... 2 Patty is his ...................... 4 Rob is her ...................... 6 GRAMMAR• Be from I Questions with Where Are you from Paraguay? Is she from Moscow? Where are you from? Where's she from? Be careful! Are you from Spain? Yes, I am. NOT Yes, Iaff't fl'eff't. Yes, I am. I No, I'm not. Yes, she is. I No, she's not. We're from Bangkok. She's from Canada. Contractions Where is -+ Where's Where are NOT 'Nl<lere're 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations with be from. Use contractions when possible. lilr!lllJI MORE EXERCISES 1 A: ..W.h���'.s:.... your neighbor ......................... ? 4 A: ......................... your boss ......................... ? B: She .......................... Canada. B: He .......................... Fortaleza. 2 A: .......................... they .......................... ? B: .......................... Paris. 3 A: .......................:.Mr.Tanaka ........................ ? B: .......................... Japan. 1 "" � CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Tom, this is Paula. Paula's my classmate. B: Hi, Paula. C: Hi, Tom. Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. 2 � •3 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat.Then practice the ConversationModel with two other students. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Personalize the conversation with two other students. Use your own names. Then change roles. A: ........., this is ......... ..........'s my .......... B: Hi, ......... . C: Hi, ......... . Nice to meet you. B: Nice to meet you, too. DONTSTOP! Ask questions. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Introduce other classmates. 5 A: ..................you and your friend.................. ? B: .......................... Busan. 6 A: .................... Pat's colleagues ..................... ? B: .......................... Russia.
  • 22. 1 ,... VOCABULARY • Titles and names Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. Titles t "'1 Mr. ./ 2 Mrs. 3 Miss ./ I f1./ ./ Be careful! Mr. Brendan Hu OR Mr. Hu Mrs. Lisa Hu OR Mrs. Hu NOTMF. BroAdaR , NOTMFS. Lisa 4 Ms. ./ ./ Mr. Breldal tlv S first name Mrr. Lira Mv 6 last name VOCABULARY BOOSTER More titles • p. 126 2 PAIR WORK Introduce yourself to a classmate. H Hi. I'm Mr. Wilson. " Use a title and your last name. H Nice to meet you, Mr. Wilson. "J 3 :3 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen. Circle the correct information. Then listen again and check your answers. 1 @Mr. 0Mrs. G:J( Bryant 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. @Mr. 4 0Mr. ® Mrs. carr�eJ[_Dav��on 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. 0Mrs. LJa�� 1 [Davis�!:_! 0Miss first name last name 0Ms. 14 UNIT 2 2 0Mr. 0Mrs. 0Miss @Ms. Brenda : [ Corsun 1 first name last name 5 0Mr. 0Mrs [iiresa ® Miss first name 0Ms. l [ Walder last name @Mr. 3 @Mr. 0Mrs. Damian ' ( Bao 0Miss first name last name QMs. 6 QMr. 0Mrs. Rita Bernal 0Miss first name last name @Ms. 0Mrs. ( Mauricio 1 ( Escobar 0Miss first name last name 0Ms.
  • 23. 4 VOCABULARY PRACTICE Fill out the forms. Check the correct titles. first name last name Your teacher: · 0 Mr. 0 Mrs. [J Miss O Ms. first name -1�tname __,___________---:.--..-�.J,...:. Tell someone your first and last name 1 � • CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. 0 Mr. 0 Mrs. 0 Miss 0 Ms. first name ��������� last name A: What's your last name, please? B: Fava. A: Thank you, Mr. Fava. B: You're welcome. A: And your first name? B: My first name? Bob. 2 J• RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own names. Write your partner's information on the form. Then change roles. A: What's your last name, please? B: ......... . first name A: And your first name? � RECYCLE THIS LANGUAGE. B: My first name? ......... . A: Thank you, ......... . B: You're welcome. Ask more questions. OONlSTOP! 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. How do you spell that? What do you do? Where are you from? www.irLanguage.com last name UNIT2 15
  • 24. VOCABULARY • Numbers 0-20 Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 0 1 2 3 4 5 zero one two three four five 6 six l seven 8eight 9 nine 11 eleven 12 twelve 1Jthirteen 14 fourteen 15 16 1? 18 19 20 fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty 3 GRAMMAR • Be: information questions with What What's his name? (Mark Crandall.) (Crandall.) 2 What's his last name? What's Ellen's address? What's her e-mail address? What's her occupation? What's their phone number? (18 Main Street.) (Doverl4@hipnet.com.) (She's a writer.) (835-555-0037.) PAIR WORK Read a number aloud from the picture. Your partner writes the number on a separate piece of paper. What is , What's I How to say e-mail addresses and phone numbers: Say "dover fourteen at hipnet dot com." Say "oh" for zero: 0037 = "oh-oh-three-seven." What are their first names? (Luis and Samuel.) :,.-- ������----..����---------.......--=-...._.-..........--=--............----=-----=-'' '= 4 PRONUNCIATION • Stress in two-word pairs Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH • • first name • • • phone num ber • • • • e-mail address 5 .-: LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Write the information. Then listen again and check your work. Valerie Mathilda Joreph NAME PHONE NUMBER E-MAIL Peterrot ------------ ______ @ ______ ------------ 16 UNIT 2
  • 25. 6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions. 1 A: .'1!'!�1".t�.ir........ address? B: 11 Main Street. 2 A: .................. ......phone number? B: 22-63-140. 3 A: ......................... address? B: 18 Bank Street. lilIBim MORE EXERCISES 4 A: ......................... phone number? 5 A: ......................... e-mail address? 6 A: .........................phone number? B: 878-456-0055. B: It's sgast@mp.net. �1ww11n11�M1 Get someone's contact information 1 11"'..1.l:i CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What's your name? B: Dave Mitchell. A: And what's your phone number? B: 523-6620. A: 523-6620? B: That's right. 2 11"'11�.4 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. �3 Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Write your partner's answers on a separate sheet of paper. Then change roles. A: What's your ......... ? B: .......... DON1STOP! A: And what's your ......... ? B: ......... . A: ......... ? B: That's right. Continue the conversation. Ask more questions. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Get other classmates' contact information. B: 44-78-35. first name I last name address I e-mail address Thank you. You're welcome. Nice to meet you. Good-bye. UNIT 2 17
  • 26. ... J!l1l!llill 1 READING Read about six famous people. Where are they from? V j V .::�--- This is Nadia Santini. Where is Ms. Santini - from? She's from Italy. And what's her occupation? She's a chef. This is Vincent Lam. Mr. Lam has two occupations. He's a doctor and a writer. He's from Canada. V This is Chris Botti, from the U.S. What's his occupation? He's a musician. This is Diana Haddad. What's her occupation? Ms. Haddad Is a singer. She's from � Lebanon. V This is Li Na. She's from China. What's Ms. Li's occupation? She's an athlete. This is Sophie Okoneda. Ms. Okoneda is from the U.K. What's her - occupation? She's an actor. MORE -.. EXERCISES 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about people in the Reading. Use the verb be. " Is Nadia Santini a doctor? " IsVincent Lam from '' the United States? '' 3 SPEAKING Point to the people in the photos. Ask your partner questions about their contact information. a 22 Bank St. [I) pmatson@ccc.com Lisa Kim • 25-61-0078 • 34-67-9899 IE lisa.kim@hipnet.com a 13 Quinn St. '' Where's Ms. Okoneda from? ,' GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 2 review • p. 136 For add1t1onal languagepractice. nTOPNOTCH Iii •Lyrics p, 150 �Excuse Me, Please" .. ... ... lllEll .. ......lllmll SONG KARAOl<E 18 UNIT 2
  • 27. PERSONAL INFORMATION First name: Address: Phone: I Last name: I e-mail: u�1�1 ul:oj �JD www.irLanguage.com PAIR WORK 1 Create a conversation for the people in Photo 1. Complete the form with your partner's information. Start like this: WJ-.at 1 5 yovr_? 2 Create a conversation for the people in Photo 2. Introduce the man and the woman. Start like this: TJ-.i5 i5 _. fie'5 my_. WRITING Write sentences about your relationships. For example: INancy i5 my friend. 5'1e 1 5 a 5tvdent. Her I ila5t name i5 Lee. 5J-.e 1 5 from Vancouver. Ryan i5 my collea9ve. He 1 5 a . . . WRITING BOOSTER p. 146 Guidance for this writing exercise NOWI CAN D Introduce people. D Tell someone my first and last name. D Get someone's contact information. UNIT2 19
  • 28. lillilWI FlASH CARDS www.irLanguage.com UNIT Places and How to Get There mmIJralk about locations / 11 .,. VOCABULARY• Places in the neighborhood Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 a restaurant 1 a bank 4 a school S a newsstand 2 II": . LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Write the places you hear. 1 ................................. 3 ................................. 2 ................................. 4 ................................. 3 PAIR WORK Say the name of a place. Your partner writes the word. 1ij111',11�111:1tff:Ii11)�1R1M�i1 Talk about locations. 2 Discuss how to get places. 3 Discuss transportation. 3 a pharmacy 6 a bookstore K!M•M:t•1•·i;i1:t•t•�ii!il More places • p. 126 VOCABULARY• Locations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 across the street 20 UNIT 3 2 down the street 3 around the corner 4 on the left 5 on the right 6 next to the bank 7 between the bookstore and the bank
  • 29. 5 PAIR WORK Take turns making statements about the places. H The bank is across the street. " 3.________., 6 GRAMMAR• Be: Questions with Where I Subject pronoun f! Ask questions with Where for locations. Contractions Where's the restaurant? Where is -+ Where's It is -+ It's Use !! to replace the names of places. �--- ----- It's down the street. (!!=the restaurant) "Vm�i s "" • PRONUNCIATION• Falling intonation for questions with COACH Where Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. � � 1 Where is it? 3 Where's the school? � � 2 Where's the bank? 4 Where's the newsstand? _1Wl)ll1HIJ�!,�I Talk about locations 1 ..,/1;52 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A:Excuse me. Where's the bank? B: The bank? It's around the corner. A:Thanks! B:You're welcome. 2 .... 1:53 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Find the people on the map. Talk about the location of the places. Then change roles. A:Excuse me. Where's the .........? B:.........? It's ......... . A:Thanks! DONlSTOP! B:You're welcome. Ask about another location. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other locations. 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Read the sentences. Write questions and answers. Answer with It's. 1 The pharmacy is across the street. A: ..Wh�x�tthr.P.h!lt".".'.<?.c;y............. ? B:..W�.����f�J��Jtr.f!.�r........ 2 Billy's Restaurant is around the corner. A: ................................................. ? B: ·········································· 3 The newsstand is on the left. A: ................................................. ? B:......................................... . 4 The bookstore is next to the school. A:·················································? B:·········································· UNIT3 21
  • 30. www.irLan a e.com ·rn� i VOCABULARY • Ways to get places Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS Si!.ilill MORE EXERCISES 1 walk 2 drive 2 GRAMMAR • The imperative 3 take a taxi Use imperatives to give instructions and directions. Affirmative imperatives Negative imperatives Drive [to the bank]. Don't walk. Take the bus [to the pharmacy]. Don't take the train. Don't = Do not 3 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Follow the directions. Partner A: Read a direction. Partner B: Say the letter of the correct picture. 1 Walk to the bookstore. 2 Don't drive to the restaurant. 3 Take the bus to the bank. 4 Don't walk to the pharmacy. 5 Drive down the street. Partner B: Read a direction. Partner A: Say the letter of the correct picture. 6 Take the bus down the street. 7 Don't take the bus to the bank. 8 Walk to the bank. 9 Take a taxi to the restaurant. 10 Drive to the pharmacy. 22 UNIT3 u�1�1 ul:oj e;?.JD www.irLanguage.com 4 take the train ® ��:"' �.· ·.j,- . ·�( .,,hr� 5 take the bus • @ wa:r,.,·,s+w �r----i CD � . . BOOKS· -·<
  • 31. EI!llml VIDEO 4 , LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Write the directions. Use an affirmative and a negative imperative. 1 .!'?.�.�.t�.�)�?:.1?.�.')'.t.�r.i��·.. 3 ......................................... 2 ......................................... 4 ········································· Discuss how to get places 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Can I walk to the bookstore? B: The bookstore? Sure. A: And what about the school? B: The school? Don't walk. Drive. A: OK. Thanks! 2 � •il RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation, using the photos. Ask how to get to places in the neighborhood. Then change roles. A: Can I walk to the ......... ? B: The ......... ? Sure. A: And what about the ......... ? B: The ......... ? Don't walk.......... . A: OK. Thanks! =m·.woo;ct,;.r.,,� . "'1rLanguage.oom DONTSTOP! Talk about locations. across the street. down the street. It's around the corner. next to the_ between the _and the 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about more places. 5 ......................................... www.irLanguage.com UNIT 3 23
  • 32. =l VOCABULARY • Means of transportation Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS lllll!lml MORE EXERCISES 1 a car 2 a bicycle 4 a subway 5 a motorcycle 2 PAIR WORK Take turns. Spell a vocabulary word aloud. Your partner writes the word. 3 GRAMMAR • � to express means by taxi by bicycle by motorcycle 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen. Circle the means of transportation you hear. 2 5 24 UNIT 3 (J�l�I u�j �Y' www.irLanguage.com 3 a moped Also remember: a bus a train a taxi
  • 33. ·=5 VOCABULARY • Destinations Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS ·11 go to work 2 go home 6 1')1111 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen. Use a !2y phrase to write the means of transportation. Then check the box for work, home, or school. 1 2 3 4 Means of transportation Ihy cor II Discuss transportation CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: How do you go to school? B: By subway. What about you? A: Me? I walk. RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model ;:-with a partner. CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Ask about work, school, and home. Then change roles. A: How do you go .........? B: .......... What about you? A: Me? .......... CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. I&I_J l_j 0 LJ u _J t.J l_j 3 go to school u _J ,..J I_J LJ u
  • 34. ..llllm1ll MORE EXERCISES 1 READING Read about how people go to work and school. I'm a manager of a bank. My name is Laura Blake. I go to work by car with my neighbor from across the street, Brad Lane. We're colleagues at the bank. I'm Mark Jackson. I'm an architect. My office is down the street from my home. I can walk to work. I'm lucky! I'm Min Park, and I'm a doctor from Miami. I go to work by train. I take the train home, too. 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer the questions. ,, Is Min Park a banker? ,, is my teacher, Mr. Green. My school is right around the corner from my home, so I walk to school with my friends. We walk home together, too. I'm Art Green. I'm Matt's teacher. Can I walk to school? No way! My home is not around the corner from the school. I take the bus to and from school. 1 Is Mark Jackson a doctor? ,, No, she's not. She's a doctor. ,,j 2 Is Brad Lane Laura Blake's friend or her colleague? 3 Is Mr. Lane Ms. Blake's neighbor? 4 Is Matt Carson a student? 5 What is Matt's teacher's name? 6 Is Dr. Park from Miami? 7 Where is Mark Jackson's office? 8·Your own question: .........................................? 3 GROUP WORK On the board, make a map of places near your school. Write the names of the places. Then take turns describing the locations of the places. Where's the (pharmacy)? It's_. Can I (walk) to the [restaurant)? Take I Don't take the [bus]. m,rLanguage.c.., GRAMMAR BOOSTER 28 UNIT3 u�1.H1 u�j �y, www.irLanguage.com Unit3 review • p. 137
  • 35. CONTEST Study the picture for one minute. Then close your books. Who can remember all of the locations? For example: TJ,e rcJiool ir down tJie rtreet. PAIR WORK Create conversations for the people. For example: A: How do yov 90 to Work? B: By bvr. WRITING Write five questions and answers about locations in the picture for the people at the bus stop. For example: Where'r tJ,e rertavrant? WRITING UOOSTEH p.146 CONTEST Study tht plcturt lor on• minute, Thtn cloM your book1, Who un 1tm1mbtr 111 ol tht loutlon11,or ..amplo: TJ.e rchool if do""" the rt,,.et. PAIR WORK CrNlt conw111tlon1 for lht pt0pl1, for ...mplt: A: .Ho,ol do yov 90 to Work? 6. 6y �"'· WRITING Writo flw qut1tlon1 Ind 1n1wor1 ibout loc1tlon1 In lht plcturt lor lht ptOplt 11 tht bus 110p, ,or 1X1mplt: WJ.e,e'r the ,ertov,011t? It'r ocroH tJ..e rtred. how to get places. m•lliJJlflji> transportation. UNIT3 27
  • 36. UNIT Family miJrII dentify people in your family 1ij1)1',I�,11):It@!111,1:1H1M�iIdentify people in your family. 2 Describe your relatives. 3 Talk about your family. 1 VOCABULARY • Family relationships Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 2 PAIR WORK Point to two people in the family. Describe their relationship. '' She's his daughter." 3 � LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to a man identify people in his family. Check the correct photo. 2 3 4 s 6 28 UNIT 4
  • 37. 4 GRAMMAR• Be: questions with Who Who is he? (He's my dad.*) Who's Louise? (She's my mom.*) Who are they? (They're my sisters.) Who are Nina and Jan? (They're my daughters.) Contractions ,,__________________...,.,,,..,.....__..,..,.__=_,,,,,,___,.=..,....... Who is , Who's Be careful! Who are NOT WhtHe * mom and dad = informal for mother and father 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write questions. Use Who's or Who are and � she, or they. l!ll!lmJ MORE EXERCISES 1 A: )1hr/�hf................... ? B: He's my grandfather. 2 A: ................................. ? B: She's my mother. 3 A: .................................? B: He's Mr. Fine's grandson. Identify people in your family 1 �2:04 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Who's that? B: That's my father. A: And who are they? B: They're my sisters, Mindy and Jen. 2 �2:0S RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Bring in photos of the people in your family (OR write their names). With a partner, personalize the conversation. Then change roles. A: Who's that? B: That's ......... . A: And ......... ? B: ......... . NlSIOPI Talk about occupations. Ask more questions. He's I She's [an engineer]. They're [architects]. What's his I her name? What are their names? How do you spell that? 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. 4 A: ................................. ? B: They're Pat's grandparents. 5 A: ................................. ? B: She's Ed's wife. 6 A: .................................? B: They're my brother and sister. UNIT 4 29
  • 38. li1Dllli!I Fl.ASH CARDS 1 ( VOCABULARY• Adjectives to describe people Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. VOCABULARY BOOSTER More adjectives • p. 127 1 short 2 tall 3 old 4 young 7 good-looking 8 cute 2 GRAMMAR• Be with adjectives IAdverbs very and so Describe people with a form of be and an adjective. She's pretty. They're good-looking. He's handso111e. Your children are cute. The adverbs very and so make adjectives stronger. 3 PAIR WORK Use the Vocabulary to describe people in your class. " Gina and Deborah are very pretty. ,, They're very good-looking. She's so pretty. He's very handsome. Your children are so cute. very=! so=!!! 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Circle the adjective that describes each person. 1 Her husband is (handsome I tall I old). 4 His son is (tall I good-looking I short). 2 His daughter is (tall I good-looking I cute). 5 Her father is (tall I old I short). 3 Her brothers are (tall I good-looking I young). 6 His sisters are (tall I good-looking I short). 5 VOCABULARYI GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the photos. Complete each sentence with a form of be and an adjective• . ���������. 1 Your sisters ............. 2 Your daughter ............. so ......................... . so ......................... 1 3 Our grandfather ............. very ......................... . 30 UNIT 4
  • 39. liliill1ll MORE EXERCISES 4 Her husband S His wife ............. so 6 Her brother ............. very .........................• .........................1 6 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write three sentences about people in your family. Use adjectives and the adverbs� or so to describe the people. 1 ............................................................................................. 2 ····························································································· 3 ............................................................................................. Describe your relatives 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Tell me about your father. B: Well, he's a doctor. And he's very tall. A: And how about your mother? B: She's an engineer. She's very pretty. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Describe your relatives. Then change roles. A: Tell me about your .......... B: Well, .......... And .......... A: And how about your .........? B: · ..· ..··· · DUNTSTOP! Ask about other people in your partner's family. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other classmates' relatives. very .......................... d�motJ.er i5 ver tall.
  • 40. lillilBI MORE EXERCISES 1 GRAMMAR • Verb have I has: affirmative statements You i have a brother. We i They He She 1 has three sisters. 2 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences. Use have or has. Then complete the sentence about your own family. 1 Mark ................. two brothers. S Carl and Anna ................. two children. 2 Mrs. Stevens ................. five grandsons. 6 She ................. five sisters. 3 They ................. a granddaughter. 7 They ................. no brothers or sisters. 4 We ................. twelve grandchildren. �,......................................................... . =3 VOCABULARY • Numbers 21-101 Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. .. · j,�·Jti 4COACH IItwenty-one IItwenty-five mtwenty-two IItwenty-s;, IItwenty-iliree IItwenty-seven IItwenty-four 111•wenty..;ght PRONUNCIATION • Numbers Listen and repeat. Then practice saying the numbers on your own. 13•30 14•40 15•so 16· 60 17•70 18•80 19•90 32 UNIT 4 IItwenty-n;ne IIforty 11,;ghty llm;r1y ll filty ll n;nety IIm;rty-one 11,..,y IIone hundred 11m;rty.two 11-nty IIone hundred one 5 PAIR WORK Take turns saying a number from the chart. Your partner circles the number. 23 � 45 40 18 94 21 20 14 58 102 43 89 90, 44 53 13 -- i- 30 19 I 60 99 22 I 50 I 52 100 15 47 33 54 17 I 66 77 70 64 78 95 J 80 87 I l 101 1 31
  • 41. 6 GRAMMAR • Be: questions with How old How old is How old are he? she? your sister? they? your parents? (He's nineteen years old.) (She's thirty-three.) (She's twenty.) (They're twenty-nine.) (They're fifty and fifty-two.) 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions. Use How old is or How old are. llll!llm MORE XERCISES 1 ................................. your sister? 2 ................................. Matt's parents? 3 ................................. your grandfather? Talk about your family 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: I have one brother and two sisters. B: Really? How old is your brother? A: Twenty. B: And your sisters? A: Eighteen and twenty-two. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 'lro 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Talk about your own family. Then change roles. A: I have .......... B: Really? How old ......... ? A: ......... . B: And your .........? A: .......... DON1ST0P! Ask more questions. Tell me about your [mother]. And your [father]? How about your [grandparents]? What's his I her name? What are their names? What's his I her occupation? What are their occupations?'-- �� � ���� ���__J 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. 4 ................................. Helen's husband? 5 ................................. her children? 6 ................................. his son? UNIT 4 33
  • 42. .. ... lllll!lrill MORE EXEIICISES 1 IJooi READING Read about some famous actors and their families and friends. This is Gael Garcia Bernal, on the left, with his good friend, Diego Luna, on the right. Mr. Garcfa Bernal is a famous actor from Mexico. J-!is parents, Patricia Bernal and Jose Angel Garcfa, are actors, too. He has one sister and two brothers. Mr. Luna is also an actor. Many people think they are both . very handsome. -..._...______,_ Dakota Fanning is a movie actor. Her YC?Unger sister, Elle, is also an actor in movies. They are from the United States, and they are both very pretty. Their father, Steven Fanning, is a salesman, and their mother, Heather Joy, is an athlete. Dakota and Elle are also students. Meet Jay Chou, a famous singer from Taiwan. He is also an excellent musician and an actor. His parents are both teachers. Mr. Chou has no brothers or sisters. His girlfriend is Hannah Quinlivan. Her father is from Australia, and her mother is from Taiwan. Her Chinese name is Kun Ling. She is very young and pretty. 2 READING COMPREHENSION Read about the people again. Complete the sentences. 1 Gael Garcfa Bernal is Diego Luna's ................. . 4 Elle Fanning is Heather Joy's ................. 2 Patricia Bernal, Jose Angel Garcfa, and Diego S Mr. Chou's ................. is good-looking. Luna are all ................. . 6 Jay Chou's parents have one ................. . 3 Heather Joy is Steven Fanning's ................. . 3 PAIR WORK Interview your partner. Complete the notepad with information about your partner's family. Relative's name 00119 Relation�hi broH.er l_AIILj�upatlon L De_sq!ption .!!__ _m,de11t 1 He'rvery tall. Relative's na� R�atlonshi� Ag� Occu atlon _ Description,_____, - --•---- 4 GROUP WORK Now tell your classmates about your partner's family. �� Doug is Laura's brother. ''JHe's 14. . . . _ GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 4 review • p. 137 For add1t1onal language pr,Httcf.' nn,IIJtl Ill •Lyrics p. 150 "Tell Me All About It" ····- ·········-SONG t KARAOKE ____.. 34 UNIT 4
  • 43. lllll!lml GAMES PAIR WORK 1 Ask and answer questions about the people in the two photos. For example: A: Who'r Elle"? B: She'r Natalie'r mother. A: Ir Mia Elle"'r dav9hter? B: No, rhe'r "ot She'r her ... 2 Take turns making statements about the family relationships. For example: Matt har two childre". Nora ir hir dav9hter. DESCRIPTION Choose a photo. Use adjectives to describe the people in each family. For example: =m·....=;d;.r«� 0 "'irLanguage.com Mia ir very cvte. I ' WRITING Choose two of your relatives. Write sentences about them. For example: My rirter is 2� years old. She's rho!t a"d 9ood-looki"9· She'r a" arch!i'ect Her "ame ir... WRITING BOOSTER p.147 Guidance for this writing exercise D Identify people in my family. , D Describe my relatives. 0 Talk about my family. NIT4 35
  • 44. ": 1 ';i2COACH 3 4 36 UNIT Events and Times [ffiEJConfirm that you're o � ime I 1K,11�1t111:1t�11t,1:1a,mi1Confirm that you're on time. 2 Talk about the time of an event. 3 Ask about birthdays. VOCABULARY • What time Is it? Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 It's one o'clock. 2 It's one fifteen. OR It's a quarter after one. 3 It's one twenty. OR It's twenty after one. 4 It's one thirty. OR It's half past one. 0:00 to 11:59 = A.M. 12:00 to 23:59 = P.M. S It's one forty. OR It's twenty to two. 6 It's one forty-five. OR It's a quarter to two. -7 It's noon. PRONUNCIATION • Sentence rhythm Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. - ' .. ") (;.2 r,n :---· 1-­l'c UL'...5l • • • � :· ,.·1._·1_ . 8 It's midnight. 1 It's TEN after FIVE. 2 It's TWENty to ONE. 3 It's a QUARter to TWO. PRONUNCIATION PRACTICE Read the times in the Vocabulary aloud again. Pay attention to sentence rhythm. PAIR WORK Look at the map. Ask your partner about times around the world. Say each time two ways. '' What time is it in Vancouver? ...� Honolulu " It's nine forty A.M. 7:40AM It's twenty to ten. UNITS � 'I. Capetown 7:40PM Say "eight A.M." or "eight P.M." JI 10 a • a . ..7 •• � 't
  • 45. VOCABULARY• Early, on time, and late Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. £-,Ii"'� It=.. ---------.- 1 She's early. 2 They're on time. Confirm that you're on time 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What time is the meeting? B: 10:00. A: Uh-oh. Am I late? B: No, you're not. It's five to ten. A: Five to ten? B: That's right. You're early. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Use the pictures and the times. Then change roles. A: What time is the .........? B: .......... A: Uh-oh. Am I late? B: .......... It's .......... A: .........? B: That's right. You're .......... 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Change the conversation again. www.irLanguage.com 3 He's late. UNIT 5 37
  • 46. VOCABULARY BOOSTER -= 1 VOCABULARY • Events Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More events • p. 127 1 a party 2 a dance 3 a game 4 a dinner 5 a movie 6 a concert 2 LISTENING COMPREHENSION listen to the conversations about events. Write the event and circle the time. 1 ......................... (7:15 / 7:45) 4 ......................... (12:00 A.M. / 12:00 P.M.) 2 ......................... (8:00 I 9:00) 5 ......................... (9:15 / 9:50) 3 ......................... (3:30 / 3:15) 6 ......................... (12:00 A.M. / 12:00 P.M.) 3 VOCABULARY • Days ofthe weel< Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 4 GRAMMAR • Be: questions about time IPrepositions!! and on What time is it? (It's) five twenty. What time's the party? (It's) at nine thirty. What day is the concert? (It's) on Saturday. When's the dance? I (It's) at ten o'clock. i (It's) on Friday at 10:00 P.M. - Contractions """'"'m·: u,;o,;.r,,, 0 "'1rLanguage.com What time is -+ What time's What day is -+ What day's When is -+ When's Be careful! What time is it? NOT What t;..,,:., it? When is it? NOT Wh...,.'., it? 38 UNIT 5
  • 47. l!mllm MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the questions and answers. Use contractions when possible. 1 A: When ......... the party? 3 A: What ......... the concert? 5 A: ......... the dance? B: It's ......... 11:00 P.M. B: It's ......... 8:30. B: It's ......... Friday at 9:00. 2 A: ......... day's the game? 4 A: What ......... the dinner? 6 A: What ......... the class? B: It's ......... Saturday. 8: It's ......... Tuesday. B: It's ......... noon. 6 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversation. Write the events on the calendar. 6:30 7:00 7:15 5:30 6:30 7:00 7:15 Talk about the time of an event 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. 2 A: Look. There's a dance on Wednesday. 8: Great! What time? A: 10:30. At Pat's Restaurant. B: Really? Let's meet at 10:15. RHYTHM AND INTONATION listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Ask about an event. Use these events or your own events. Then change roles. A: Look. There's a ......... on ......... . B: Great! What time? A: .......... At ......... . B: Really? Let's meet at ......... . Basketball Game Saturday 10:00 A.M. At Athlete Central 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Talk about different events. ,,.,eetin 5:30 6:30 7:00 7:15 5:30 5:30 6:30 6:30 7:00 7:00 7:15 7:15 UNIT 5 39
  • 48. IIIIB1I 1 VOCABULARY • Ordinal numbers Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th first second third fourth fifth 6th 7th 9th 9th 10th sixth seventh eighth ninth tenth 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th eleventh twelfth thirteenth fourteenth fifteenth 16th 17th 18th 19th 20th sixteenth seventeenth eighteenth nineteenth twentieth 21st 22nd th th twenty-first twenty-second thirtieth fortieth fiftieth 2 PAIR WORK Say a number. Your partner says the ordinal number. " three " 3 VOCABULARY • Months of the year Read and listen. " third " Then listen again and repeat. January February March Apri l May June SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 56 7 56 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 56 7 8 2 3 4 56 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 4 56 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 13 14 1516 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 10 11 12 13 14 1513 14 1516 17 18 19 11 12 13 14 1516 17 1516 17 18 19 20 21 19 20 21 22 23 24 2516 17 18 19 20 21 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 22 23 24 2526 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 2526 27 28 uvu��� ���uvu n��uvu�vu�� �uvu��� �� 30 31 July August September October November December SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 56 1 2 3 4 1 1 2 3 4 56 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 56 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 58 7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 56 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 14 1516 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 1516 14 1516 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 1516 17 18 9 10 11 12 13 14 1514 1516 17 18 19 20 20 21 22 23 24 2526 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 21 22 23 24 2526 27 19 20 21 22 23 24 2516 17 18 19 20 21 22 21 22 23 24 2526 27 vu��� ���v������ uvu��� n��uvu�u��� � � � 4 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the dates. Circle the dates on the calendar. 5 PAIR WORK Say a date from the calendar. Your partner writes the date. ,, July thirty-first " Jvly �lrt 40 UNITS
  • 49. [ill!lim MORE :XERCISES 6 GRAMMAR • Prepositions m, Q!!. and at for dates and times: summary When's the party? When's the dance? When's the dinner? What day's the meeting? What time's the movie? What time's the dance? It's in January. It's on January 15111 • It's on the 12111 • It's on Tuesday. It's at noon. It's at 8:30. Be careful! in the morning in the afternoon in the evening BUT at night "1'"'8'-="iji!J 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences. Use !n, Q!!, or at. 1 The concert is ......... July 14th ......... 3:00 ......... the afternoon. 2 The dinner is ......... December ......... the 6111. 3 The party is ......... midnight ......... Saturday. 4 The movie is ......... November 1st ......... 8:30 P.M. 5 The game is ......... Wednesday ......... noon. 6 The meeting is at the State Bank ......... 11 :00 ......... the morning ......... July 18th . Ask about birthdays 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: When's your birthday? B: On July 15th . When's your birthday? A: My birthday's in November. On the 1-3t11. 2 � RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. A: When's your birthday? B: ......... . When's your birthday? A: My birthday's .......... DONTSTOP! Ask your partner questions about other people's birthdays. Complete the chart. brother's birthday: sister's birthday: mother's birthday: father's birthday: 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask about other people's birthdays. 1� On someone's birthday say: Happy birthday! ,p 1 . ..... ..... .. . " Thank you! " J UNIT 5 41
  • 50. El!i!l1.i1I MORE EXERCISES www.irLanguage.com 1 READING Read the announcements. What are the events this week? The Daily Express Events for the week of June 20th PARTY June 21" is Sally Neufield's birthday! 90 years old, and so young! When:Tuesday, June 21", 7:00 P.M. Where: Chuck's Cafe, around the corner from the bank. Don't belate! MOVIE English actor Peter Sellers in The Party An oldie but goodie! Friday, June 24'" at 8:30 P.M. At the New School 58 Post Street DANCE Both young and old are welcome! Where: Casey's Restaurant, on Main Street, next to the Mrs. Books Bookstore When: Saturday, June 25th at 8:30 P.M. MEETING Bank Managers Association Thursday, June 23'd, from 9:00 A.M. to 2:00 P.M. At Family Bank 58 New Street Between Kim's Newsstand and Carson's Bookstore 2 READING COMPREHENSION Correct all the mistakes. Use information from the Reading. eig J,t 1 The dance is at half past os,,e-. 6 The dance is at the bookstore. 2 The movie is at 8:30 A.M. 3 The meeting is at 2:00 P.M. 7 The meeting is at the New School. 8 The party is at Casey's restaurant. GAME Volleyball! Sunday, June 26'" 2:00 P.M. Branfield School on Fitch Avenue, between 1" Street and 2"d Street 4 The birthday party is at midnight. 5 The birthday party is on the 22nd. 9 Branfield School is between a newsstand and a bookstore. 10 The game is on Saturday. 3 GROUP WORK Ask about classmates' birthdays. Complete the chart. Capricorn Dec. 22-Jan. 20 Sagittarius Nov. 22- Dec. 21 Scorpio Oct23 - Nov. 21 Aquarius Jan.21-Feb. 19 Name Libra Sep. 23- Oct22 Pisces Feb. 20- Mar. 20 Birthday Virgo Aug. 24- Sep. 22 Aries Mar. 21 -Apr.20 Zodiac Sign Leo Jul 23- Aug. 23 Taurus Apr. 21-May21 Gemini May22-Jun.21 Cancer Jun. 22-Jul 22 GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 5 review • p. 138 Jor .tddltton,,11,mguttg� prnct1c(• m;m fJ TOPNOTCH - • Lyrics p. 150 Mlet's Make a Date" ...... lllllllliD SONG 42 UNIT 5 www.irLanguage.com
  • 51. llll1!lliJJ GAMES PAIR WORK Create conversations for the people. 1 Talk about the events. For example: Look.There'r a _ ... 2 Confirm that you are on time for an event. For example: Whattime'rthe _? CONTEST Study the events for one minute. Then close your books. Who can remember all the times, dates, and locations? For example: WRITING Write five sentences about the events or ones in your town. For example: -JThere'r a diMer ori Friday, May zot/., at... - ---....._..,.__......---.. ----... ....._____..._______,t WRITING BOOSTER p. 147 Guidance tor this writing exercise • MAY 2(
  • 52. UNIT Clothes u�1�1 o�je..JD IIDJlII Give and accept a compl � ent .1 1Q11,,,I,�II)�Itff:iit11�1tt1Mii1 Give and accept a compliment. 2 Ask for colors and sizes. 3 Describe clothes. VOCABULARY BOOSTER ·�m·� 1 1 2:3l VOCABULARY • Clothes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. More clothes • p. 128 CARDS 1 a shirt 2 a sweater 4 a jacket 5 a skirt 3 a tie 6 shoes 7 a dress 8 a suit 9 a blouse 10 pants* * Pants is a plural noun. Use fil, not� with pants. "erJ�g 2 mils PRONUNCIATION • Plural nouns Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. COACH 1 (Zill shirts= shirt/s/ jackets= jacket/s/ 2[/z/] shoes= shoe/z/ sweaters= sweater/z/ 3 GRAMMAR • Demonstratives tl11§, that. these. those this sweater that sweater these ties 3 (11z/J blouses= blouse/1z/ dresses= dress/1z/ those ties 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the pictures. Writethis. that. these. or those and the name of the clothes. 1 ..th.'?1.f!.}=!�k�.tr........... 2 ................................. 3 ................................. 4 ................................. 44 UNITS
  • 53. ....�--·�-�...:.._ . -' - - --=���-.,,-�;e,,,�, - ... �f�:.::�::.t:=��,-�}:::._ .'.·. ·· ···.·.sifi�ii���·:·;;:-�··:::!� 5 ................................. 6 ................................. 7 ................................. 8 ................................. 5 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: affirmative statements with � want. need, and have I You We They Sara and Jim like want need have those sweaters. Tina likes these shoes. She wants that shirt. He She Cassie Ivan likes wants needs has those sweaters, too. Rob needs a book. Now he has a book. 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each statement with the correct form of the verb. 1 I ............... your tie. 4 Peter ............... that jacket. like I likes have / has 2 My friends ............... this suit. 5 We ............... our dresses. want I wants like I likes "�J�: 3 Janet ............... this skirt. 6 Sue and Tara ............... those suits. JCERCISES need I needs want I wants Give and accept a compliment 1 �..2:3.9- CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: I really like that dress. B: Really? A: Yes. And I like those shoes, too! B: Thank you! A: You're welcome. 2 �2:40 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR Personalize the conversation. Compliment your partner on his or her clothes and shoes. Then change roles. A: I really like ........ . B: Really? A: Yes. And I like ........ , tool OONlSTOP!B: ........ 1 A: You're welcome. Talk about other clothes. I 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Compliment other classmates' clothes. Ia1 For he, she, and it, add ·s to the base form:- - like -+ likes want -+ wants need -+ needs 3UT: have -+ has www.irLanguage.com
  • 54. Ask for colors and sizes "= 1 Ii': • VOCABULARY • Colors and sizes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. CARDS l1lI!IWJ MORE EXERCISES COLORS SIZES t I 12 medium 1 white 2 gray 3 black 4 red 5 orange I I I 14 extra large 6 yellow 7 green 8 blue 9 purple 2 PAIR WORK Make two statements about your clothes. 10 brown ,, My shoes are brown. ,, My shirt is medium. 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: negative statements and�/ no questions with fil!!b want. need. and have Negative statements I I don't want irLaaguage.com Contractions You : don't need : extra large. They: don't have He doesn't like doesn't need , red shirts.She doesn't have : do not -+ don't does not -+ doesn't Yes I no questions want Do: you need they have he like Does need she have the suitin large? Yes,: those shoes in black? Yes, we do. No,! we don't. they they he hedoes. No,: doesn't. she she 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb. Use contractions. 1 A: .....OP.... your children . h<;i.Y�... sweaters for 4 A: ........... you ........... that green school? have shirt? like B: My daughter ..-��er .., but my son ..��ern'.t . 2 A: ........... your husband ........... a black tie? need B: No, he ............ He ........... two black ties. have 3 A: I ....... .. a blue suit for work. .. you need B: Yes, I ............ B: Actually, no, I ......... 5 A: We . ............. the clothes in this store. not like B: Really? That's too bad. We 6 A: ........... you ........... this black jacket in size 34? have B: No, I'm sorry. We ...... .... . 46 UNIT6
  • 55. 5 �la_ll LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations about clothes. Check each statement T (true) or F (false). Then listen again and circle the color. T F T F D D 1 They like the dress. -S -a- t D D 4 He needs a tie. - .•� -a- t D D 2 He needs shoes. -S -a t D D 5 She needs the sweater in small. ... -a- D D 3 Matt needs a suit for work. -- 1/[H)ll'llliI�:1:I Ask for colors and sizes 1 n:4 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Do you have this sweater in green? B: Yes, we do. 2 ,�..2:44 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Ask for colors and sizes of clothes for you and a relative. Use the pictures. Then change roles. A: Do you have ......... in .........? B: ......... . A: .......... And my ......... needs .......... Do you have ......... in .........? B: .......... A: .......... 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Practice the conversation again. Ask about other clothes. h>_·'"'"'°;ct,;.r.,.� �1rLanguage.�om 0 D 6 They don't have his size. -a -a- -- www.irLanguage.com A: Great. And my husband needs a shirt. Do you have that shirt in large? B: No, I'm sorry. We don't. A: That's too bad. UNIT 6 47
  • 56. 'rt'lli!l 2· VOCABULARY • Opposite adjectives to describe clothes Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat CARDS lil!!lif.ll MORE EXERCISES 1 new 2 old 3 dirty 5 loose 6 tight 7 cheap 2 GRAMMAR• Adjective placement Adjectives come before the nouns they describe. 4 clean 9 long 10 short 8 expensive 3 PAIR WORK Look at your classmates. Take turns describing their clothes. a long skirt tight shoes a red and black tie , , Allen has new shoes ,, Adjectives don't change. a clean shirt I clean shirts NOT -GleaAs shirts Place very before adjectives. The skirt is very long. It's a very long skirt. Be careful! It's a long skirt. NOT It's asl1iFtleRg. , , Joe's shoes are old. pp He needs new shoes. 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write two descriptions for each picture. Follow the model. rr:i..11 '/l h .·�,•. ! ! I I � I I I J j � · 1 I !/,' :lJJ1 1 The ..P.!�.'!.��L are ..........�,��'! They're .....c..l��!L�.l.C?.�f.�.L....... . 3 The ................. are very .................. They're very ................................. . 2 The ................. is ................. . It's ................................. · 48 UNIT&
  • 57. liJl!li1JJ MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: questions with What. What color. What size. Why. and Which I One and ones Use a question word and do or does to ask information questions in the simple present tense. What do you need? (A blue and white tie.) What does she want? (New shoes.) Use because to answer questions with Whv. Why do they want that suit? (Because it's nice.) Why does he like this tie? (Because it's green.) Use What color and What size to ask about color and size. What color do you want? (Black.) What size does he need? (Extra large.) Use Which to ask about choice. Answer with one or ones. Which sweater do you want? (The blue one.) Which shoes does she like? (The black ones.) 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the conversations in your own words. Then practice with a partner. 1 A: Which skirt ......................................? 4 A: Why . .................................... new shoes? she I want you I want B: The ...................... one. B: ........................................... 2 A: What ......................................? your friend I need B: ...................... . 3 A: What color shoes ...................................? B: .................................. U{m'l'tlliJH!,:I Describe clothes you/ like 1 � CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What do you think of this jacket? B: I think it's nice. What about you? A: Well, it's nice. but it's a little tight. B: Let's keep looking. 2 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 5 A: Which shirts ......................................? you/ like B: The ......................ones. 6 A: What size shoes ... ................................ ..? you I need B: ··········································· · ·': 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, change the conversation. Use different clothes and problems. Then change roles. A: What do you think of .........? B: I think ......... nice. What about you? A: Well, ......... nice, but ......... a little ......... . B: Let's keep looking. shirt pants expensive sweater skirt tight dress jacket loose tie shoes long short 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Talk about different clothes and problems. UNIT 6 49
  • 58. lillilllJI MORE EXERCISES 1 � .:JB READING Read the advertisement from today's newspaper. Which clothes do you like? 2 ·Blue at Main Street store only. A Great Clothes Store! Men's and Women's Clothes All stores open until midnight • White not available at South Street Station location. Many more shoe styles available. Other sale items today: Children's jackets and shoes STORE LOCATIONS: 62 MAIN STREET, THE UPTOWN MALL, AND SOUTH STREET STATION�- - ----- -- ------� - - - ------- • True False True False 1 The sale is every day this week. 0 0 4 White blouses are on sale at 0 0 2 The store has three locations. 0 0 two locations. 3 Smith and Company is a 0 0 5 All locations have blue sweaters. 0 0 clothes store. 6 Smith and Company doesn't 0 0 have children's shoes. 3 PAIR WORK Discuss the sale at Smith and Company. Use the advertisement. " What do you need? "J '' I need a white blouse, and my sister needs shoes for school. Let's go to Smith and Company. They have a great sale. ,, Do you want_? Do you like this I that_? Do you need [a gray tie]? What do you need/ like I want I have? Which_do you_? Why do you_these I those_? GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 6 review • p. 139 50 UNIT 6
  • 59. lilli!l1JJ GAMES -�----------------------------�l:li�li�I�� GAME Describe people's clothes. Your partner points to the picture. For example: He 1-.af a yello1;11 >1-.irt PAIR WORK 1 Create conversations for the people in the store. For example: A: Do yov l;llant tl-.efe pal'lh? f3: No, I dol'l't 2 Point to the picture. Ask and answer questions. Use this I that I these I those and like. want. need. and have. For example: A: Do yov like tl-.efe fl-.oef? f3: Ye>, I do. WRITING Write about clothes you need, you want, and you like, and about clothes you have or don't have. For example: I need a l'leW wl-.ite blov>e.My old blov>e i> a I little ti9J,t. I Wal'lt red >hoe_> and a lo"9 fkirt ... WRITING BOOSTER p. 147
  • 60. UNIT Activities II[ffiJill Talk about morning and evening ac � tles I (ijlJt�11'1li)�Itff:iI[IJ�1ij1t:,�i 1 Talk about morning and evening activities. 2 Describe what you do in your free time. 3 Discuss household chores. IIIIIIIZill 1 = Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 get up 2 get dressed 3 brush my teeth 4 comb I brushmy hair itilb+wI 6 put on makeup 7 eat breakfast 8 come home 9 make dinner 11 watch TV 12 get undressed 13 take a shower I a bath 2 PAIR WORK Tell your partner about your daily activities. H I eat lunch at 12:00. "J 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: spelling rules with � � and l! Add -s to the base form of most verbs. gets shaves combs Remember: do -+ does go -+ goes have -+ has study -+ studiesAdd -es to verbs that end in -s, -sh, -ch, or ·x. brushes watches - - - - r--· ____.,..,.,....,...__, 52 UNIT7 10 study 14 go to bed �J Meals , · breakfast lunch dinner
  • 61. [iEilD MORE EXERCISES 4 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the statements. Use the simple present tense. 1 Ed ..................... up at 6:00, but his 5 Amy ..................... to bed at 10:00 P.M., get go wife, Amy, .....................up at 7:00. but Ed ..................... to bed at 11:00. g� go 2 Amy ..................... breakfast at 7:30 A.M., eat 6 Amy ..................... dinner on weekdays, make but Ed ..................... breakfast at 6:30. eat and Ed ..................... dinner on weekends. make 3 After breakfast, Ed ....................., and Amy shave 7 Ed ..................... a shower in the morning, take ..................... on makeup. put but Amy ..................... a bath. take 4 Ed and Amy ..................... TV in the evening. watch 8 They both ..................... their teeth in the brush morning and the evening. 5 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with When and What time When do you take a shower? (In the morning.) What time does she get up? (Before 7:00 A.M.) 6 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write five questions ����� � � � � � � ������ before 8:00 - I after 8:00 - liEll.!I about Ed and Amy. Answer your partner's , , He shaves after , , breakfast.mR�g� questions aloud. [ l/[m1 11Hif�!,/I Talk about morning and evening activities 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: Are you a morning person or an evening person? B: Me? I'm definitely an evening person. A: And why do you say that? B: Well, I get up after ten in the morning. And I go to bed after two. What about you? A: I'm a morning person. I get up before six. 2 �3 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Use your own information. A: Are you a morning person or an evening person? B: Me? I'm definitely ........., DONlSTOP! A: And why do you say that? B: Well, I .......... What about you? A: I'm .......... 1 .........• 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. When do you _? What time do you_? What about your [parents]? 5 CLASS SURVEY Find out how many students are morning people and how many are evening people. IXtrLanguage.�- UNIT 7 53 u�1.H1 ol:ij {!:?J-O www.irLanguage.com
  • 62. 'WlZ! 1 CARDS exercise Describe what you do in your free time 2 take a nap 3 listen to music 4 read 5 play soccer 6 check e-mail 7 go out for dinner 8 go to the movies 9 go dancing 10 visit friends 2 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write six questions for a classmate about his or her leisure activities. Use When or What time and the simple present tense. 3 GRAMMAR • The simple present tense: frequency adverbs 100% t 0% I always play soccer on Saturday. I usually check e-mail in the evening. I sometimes go dancing on weekends. I never take a nap in the afternoon. 4 5 6 11 WJ,e" do yov viritf,ie"dr? Be careful! Place the frequency adverb before the verb in the simple present tense. Don't say: I 13layalways soccer. He eReellS 1:1s1:1ally e-mail. 4 PAIR WORK Now use your questions from Exercise 2 to ask your partner about leisure activities. Use frequency adverbs and time expressions in your answers. "When do you visit friends? " '' I usually visit friends on Saturday. , , 54 UNIT 7
  • 63. lllI1lim MORE EXERCISES 5 GRAMMAR PRACTICE On a separate sheet of paper, write sentences about your partner from your conversation in Exercise 4. 6 GROUP WORK Tell the class about your partner's activities. 1 II>'. 3:07. CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: What's your typical day like? B: Well, I usually go to work at 9:00, and I come home at 6:00. A: And what do you do in your free time? B: I sometimes read or watch TV. What about you? A: Pretty much the same. 2 :08 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. 3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR On the notepad, write your typical daily activities. Then, with a partner, personalize the conversation. A: What's your typical day like? B: Well, I .......... A: And what do you do in your free time? B: .......... What about you? A: .......... On weekdays On weekends I Scott vs-vally vis-its- friends- on Saturday. DONlSTOP! Ask about other times and days. --,. _ RECYCLE THIS LANGUAGE. on [Friday) in the morning in the afternoon in the evening at night 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Personalize the conversation again. UNIT7 55
  • 64. Discuss household chores VOCABULARY BOOSTER ·tr:� 1 � VOCABULARY• Household chores Read and listen. Thenlistenagain and repeat. More household chores • p. 128 CARDS 1 wash the dishes 3 do the laundry 2 clean the house 4 take out the garbage 2 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with How often I Other time expressions i,Languagecom How often do you take out the garbage? I take out the garbage every day. How often does she go shopping? She goes shopping on Saturdays. Other time expressions once a week twice a week three times a week M T W T F S S 1.11.11.1k1.11.11.11 M T W T F S S 111111�1IM T W T F S S llllJIII Also • once a year • twice a day • three times a month • every weekend • every Friday 5 go shopping 3 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about chores. Use How often. ,, How often do you go shopping? " i: 4COACH t • PRONUNCIATION• Third-person singular verb endings Read and listen. Then listen again and repeat. 1 /s/ takes= take/s/ visits= visit/sf eats= eat/s/ 2 /z/ cleans= clean/z/ does= doe/z/ plays= play/z/ 3 /IZ/ washes= wash/u/ practices= practice/lz/ exercises= exercise/u/ �' Twice a week. ,,J lilli!il.ll 5 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Tell your class how often your partner from Exercise 3 ex�� does household chores. Practice pronunciation of third-person verb endings. 6 GRAMMAR• The simple present tense: questions with Who as subject Who washes the dishes in your family? ! I do. I My sister does. ! We do. I My grandparents do. Be careful! Always use a third-person singular verb when who is the subject. Don't say: Who wash the dishes? Don't use do or does when who is the subject. Don't say: Who Elees wash the dishes? 56 UNIT 7 ,,John goes shopping,, twice a week.
  • 65. llmlll.1J MORE EXERCISES 7 � · LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations and the questions with Who. Check the chores each person does. =�� She... Her husband... .I I Her son... Her daughter... He••. 2 His brother.•• His sister••• '� She•.. ,:'i'{...( : ) • ,' • Her husband.•. He.•• His wife••• His son••. 8 GRAMMAR PRACTICE With a partner, ask and answer questions about the people in Exercise 7. 1Wl�1 1]1Hf�:1:I Discuss household chores 1 CONVERSATION MODEL Read and listen. A: So how often do you do the laundry? B: About twice a week. How about you? � � lili In Conversation l; who "Jwashes the dishes? Ii Ii Her husband does. P,J A: Me? I never do the laundry. Could I ask another question? B: Sure. A: Who cleans the house? B: Oh, that's my brother's job. 2 � .:_1 RHYTHM AND INTONATION Listen again and repeat. Then practice the Conversation Model with a partner. '=3 CONVERSATION ACTIVATOR With a partner, personalize the conversation. Then change roles. A: So how often do you .........? B: .......... How about you? A: Me? .......... Could I ask another question? B: .......... I A: Who .........? B: Oh, that's ......... job. Ask about other chores. 4 CHANGE PARTNERS Ask another classmate about household chores. 5 GROUP WORK Tell your classmates about your partner's household chores UNIT7 57
  • 66. lilri!IIJI MORE EXERCISES 1 � 3:M READING Read the article. Do you like housework? How often do you clean your hou e? Once a week? Twice a month? Never? Well, these two robots clean the hou e for you. The iRobot Roomba turns right or left, and vacuum while you watch TV or exercise. Take a nap, and the house i clean when you get up. And if you want to wash the floor, the iRobot Scooba wa hes the floor for you. The Scooba moves around corners and wa hes the floor while you Ii ten to mu ic or check your e-mail. Now that's help with household chore ! The Scooba washes floors. And who is thi ? Meet ASIM , a robot from the Honda Motor Company. ASIMO doe n't clean the hou e. It doe n't wash di hes or take out the garbage. But ASIMO walks, climbs stairs, carries things, and pu hes things. ASIMO talks, answers questions, and follows direction . Ask, "What's your name?" and ASIMO says, 'Tm ASIMO." Say "turn left" or "turn right;' and ASIMO turns. ASIMO also greets people. ome people thi.nk ASIMO is very cute. ASIMO carries a tray. ASIMO climbs stairs... 2 READING COMPREHENSION Complete each statement. Circle the correct verb. 1 The Roomba (washes I vacuums I carries things). S ASIMO doesn't (clean things/ carry things/ talk). 2 The Scooba (washes I vacuums I carries things). 3 The Roomba and the Scooba (answer questions/ talk I turn). 4 ASIMO (cleans I washes the floor I greets people). 3 DISCUSSION Which robots do you like? Do you want any of them? Why? "I want the Roomba bec . ause "Jit cleans the house. 6 ASIMO also (vacuums I takes out the garbage/ climbs stairs). 7 ASIMO (asks I answers I repeats) questions. 8 (The Roomba I The Scooba I ASIMO) pushes things. GRAMMAR BOOSTER Unit 7 review • p. 139 f 01 ,1dd1t l(Hl,11 l.tr)J;H,t}'l' p,,H 11(I' J'J TOP NOTCH • • Lyrics p. 150 "On the Weekend" -miiii I IDIIID1 SONG KARAOKE 58 UNIT7
  • 67. ---=-----1:Ii'lIi�'I CONTEST Study the photos for one minute. Then close your books. Who remembers all Jack's activities? PAIR WORK Create a conversation for Jack and a friend. Start like this: Jack, are you a rnor"i"9 per>Of' or a" e/ef'if'9 per>o"? OR WJ.,at'> your ty pical day like? TRUE OR FALSE? Make statements about Jack's activities. Your partner says True or False. Take turns. For example: A: Jack U>ually take> a >hoWer if' tJ.ie eve"i"9· 13: Fal>e. He take> a >hoWer in tJ.,e rnorf'in9. WRITING Write about your typical week. Use adverbs of fr�quency and time expressions. For example: I" tJ.,e mort'lioq, I vrvallv eat breakfart at 7:00. TJ.,eo I ... -- WRITING BOOSTER p.148
  • 68. Units 1-7 REVIEW 1 3:11 LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Check each statement T (true) or F (false). Then listen again and check your work. T F T F D D 1 The woman is a manager. 0 0 2 His father is a doctor. 0 D 4 His brother is a student. 0 0 S Her grandparents are artists. D O 3 Her sister is an architect. D D 6 The woman in the photo is his neighbor. 2 PAIR WORK Ask and answer questions about places on the maps. 3 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete each sentence with in., Q!1 or at. , , Where's_? " H It's_.� 1 The movie is ......... Friday ......... 8:00. 3 The party is ......... Saturday ......... midnight. 2 The meeting is ......... June 6th 4 The dinner is ......... April. ......... the morning. S The dance is ......... 8:00 P.M.......... Friday. 4 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the sentences with this. that. these. or those. 1 I want ......... 2 I like ......... pants. jackets. 5 PAIR WORK Partner A: Ask these questions. Partner B: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 1 Does he have grandchildren? a Yes. he has two sons. b Yes. he does. 2 Where's the pharmacy? a Don't walk. Take the bus. b It's around the corner.' 3 Are we late7 a Yes. It's 10:00. b Yes, you're early. 60 UNITS 1-7 REVIEW 3 I like ......... suit. 4 I want ......... tie. Partner B: Ask these questions. PartnerA: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 4 When's the dance? a On Saturday. b At the school. 5 Do you like this suit? a Yes, it ls. b Yes, I do. 6 How do you go to work? a l walk. b Walk.
  • 69. 6 PAIR WORK Write your own response to each person. Then practice your conversations with a partner. 2 3 -�······································ 4 � ....................................... 5 6 � � ....................................... 7 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Look at the pictures. Write an imperative for each. ..W.':l.l.�.................... to the bank. 2 ............................. to work. 3 ............................. to the pharmacy. 4 to the 5 ............................. to restaurant. school. 8 CONVERSATION PRACTICE With a partner, exchange real information about your families. Start like this: Ideas Ask about names. Ask about ages. " Tell me about yourfamily. " Ask about occupations. Describe people. 6 ............................. tothebookstore. 61
  • 70. 9 .,. • LISTENING COMPREHENSION Listen to the conversations. Answer the questions. Then listen again and check your work. 1 What's It's --- -- -- ---· 2 What's his last name? It's -- ----· 3 How old is his son? He's - �rs old. 4 What's the address? It's __ West 12th Street. 5 What time is it? lt's2:__ _ 10 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct word or words to complete each statement or question. 1 Is he (your I you) husband? 4 (Our I We) birthdays are in May. 2 Is she (their I they) granddaughter? 3 (Her I His) name is Mr. Grant. 5 How do you spell (her I she) name? 6 I'm (Ms. Bell I Ms. Bell's) student. 11 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Write a question for each response. 1 A:................................................. ? 5 A:................................................. ? B: No. She-'s a student. 2 A:................................................. ? B: I'm an architect. 3 A:................................................. ? B: The bank is across the street. 4 A:.................................................? B: It's 9:45. 12 PAJRWORK Partner A: Ask these questions. Partner B: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 1 Does Jack have a large family? a Yes, I do. b Yes, he does. 2 Does her father shave every morning? a Yes, he is. b No, he doesn't. 3 Is Ms. Wang his English teacher? a Yes, he is. b Yes, she is. B: It's 34 Bank Street. 6 A:.................................................? B: The newsstand is around the corner. 7 A:.................................................? B: My birthday? In February. 8 A:·················································? B: They're my sisters. Partner B: Ask these questions. Partner A: Read the correct response to each question aloud. 4 Does she like red shoes? a No, she doesn't. b Yes, I do. 5 Does he need a new tie? a Yes, he does. b Yes, I do. 6 Does she always clean the house on Sunday? a Yes, she is. b Yes, she does. 13 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Circle the correct verb to complete each sentence. 1 We (am I are) friends. 4 (Do I Does) she (want I wants) new shoes? 2 They (has I have) two children. 5 Why (do I does) they (need I needs) new shoes? 3 Who (has I have) a blue suit? 6 (Is I Are) we on time? 62 UflTS1-7 REVEW
  • 71. 14 GRAMMAR PRACTICE Complete the statements with verbs in the simple present tense. 1 I usually ......................... TV in the evening, but my brother ......................... to music. 2 We sometimes ......................... the house and ......................... the laundry in the morning. 3 After dinner, I always ......................... the dishes, and my wife ......................... out the garbage. 4 My neighbors never ......................... shopping on weekdays. 5 My sister always ......................... to bed before 10:00 P.M., but I usually ......................... e-mail at 10:00. 6 My grandfather always ......................... a nap in the afternoon. 15 VOCABULARY I GRAMMAR PRACTICE Answer the questions. Use frequency adverbs or time expressions. Then tell your classmates about your activities. 1 What do you do on weekends? 2 What do you do after breakfast? 3 What do you do after work or school? 4 What do you do at night before you go to bed? 16 CONVERSATION PRACTICE With a partner, talk about the times of events. Use the pictures or your own ideas. Start like this: '' look. There's a __ on __ . ,� across the street down the street around the corner BASKETBALL GAME BRAZIL and CANADA Saturday. 8:30 P.M. • 11 kl II ("tt'I HI .fL''DAY. .l:.lO "· 11. Other events a meeting a party a dance a dinner (your own idea) UNITS 1-7 REVIEW 63
  • 72. Reference Charts COUNTRIES AND NATIONALITIES Argentina Australia Belgium Bolivia Brazil Canada Chile China Colombia Costa Rica Ecuador I Egypt , El Salvador France 1 Germany 1 Greece Argentinean I Argentine Australian Belgian Bolivian Brazilian Canadian Chilean Chinese Colombian Costa Rican Ecuadorian Egyptian Salvadorean French German Greek IRREGULAR VERBS Guatemala Holland Honduras Hungary India Indonesia Ireland Italy Japan Korea Lebanon Malaysia Mexico Nicaragua Panama Paraguay Guatemalan Peru Peruvian Dutch Poland Polish Honduran Portugal Portuguese Hungarian Russia Russian Indian Saudi Arabia Saudi I Saudi Arabian Indonesian Spain Spanish Irish Sweden Swedish Italian Switzerland Swiss Japanese Taiwan Chinese Korean Thailand Thai Lebanese Turkey Turkish Malaysian the United Kingdom British Mexican the United States American Nicaraguan Uruguay Uruguayan Panamanian Venezuela Venezuelan Paraguayan Vietnam Vietnamese This is an alphabetical listof all irregular verbs in the Top Notch Fundamentals units. base form simple past base form simelepast base form simele.,ast be was/were get got say said break broke give gave see saw bring brought go went sing sang buy bought grow grew sit sat choose chose hang out hung out sleep slept come came have had stand stood cut cut hear heard swim swam do did hurt hurt take took draw drew lie lay teach taught drink drank make made tell told drive drove meet met think thought eat ate put put throw threw fall fell read read wear wore feel felt ride rode write wrote find found PRONUNCIATION TABLE These are the pronunciation symbols used in Top Notch Funda�ntals. Vowels Consonants Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words Symbol Key Words feed :) banana,around p park,happy ! butter,bottle I did <I' shirt,birthday b back,cabbage i' button e1 date,table al cry,eye t tie I she,station, C bed,neck au about,how d die special,discussion a! bad,hand :)I boy k came,kitchen,quarter 3 leisure a box,father Ir here,near g game,go h hot,who ;') wash er chair 1J chicken,watch m men OU comb,post or guitar,are <15 jacket,orange n sun,know u book,good :,r door,chore f face,photographer IJ sung,singer u boot,food,student ur tour V vacation w week,white A but,mother 0 thing, math I light,long then,that r rain,writer s city,psychology y yes,use,music z please,goes 64 REFERENCES
  • 73. Vocabulary Booster MORE OCCUPATIONS an accountant 2 a bank teller 5 a gardener 6 a grocery clerk 8 a mechanic 9 a pharmacist 12 a salesperson 13 a travel agent 16 a nurse 17 a lawyer 3 an electrician 4 a florist 10 a professor ll --- 7 a hairdresser 11 a reporter 14 a secretary 15 a server I a waiter Write five statements about the pictures. Use He or She and the verb be. For example: 5'1e'r a" accov"ta"t VOCABULARY BOOSTER 65
  • 74. ..� · MORE RELATIONSHIPS � S_;_41 MORE TITLES .a{ S4 ; -'���. ·,I - lj- 1·-- 1 a supervisor 2 an employee 3 teammates 1 Doctor [Smith] or Dr. [Smith] 2 Professor [Brown] 3 Captain Uones] Write two more statements about the photos in More Relationships, using He's or She's and possessive adjectives. For example: fie'5 Jier rvperviror. ..lil'iS:42 MORE PLACES IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD 1 a clothes store S a shoe store 9 a hotel 66 VOCABULARY BOOSTER 2 an electronics store 3 a fire station 6 a toy store 10 a supermarket 13 a post office 13 d 1-'U)l Ull 11.t: 7 a dry cleaners 11 a convenience store 14 a taxi stand 1-. d ldAI :>ldllU 4 a police station 8 a gas station 12 a travel agency Write five questions about the places. For example: WJ,ere'r tJ,e clotJ,er rtore? Can I walk to tJ,e J,otel?
  • 75. .,.s:43 MORE ADJECTIVES TO DESCRIBE PEOPLE 1 slim I thin 2 heavy .,.s:44 MORE EVENTS 1 a ballet 2 an opera 6 a baseball game 5 a volleyball game 3 skinny 3 an exhibition 7 a play 4 muscular Write a sentence for each photo. Use a form of be and the adverb � or so. For example: SJ,,e'r very--· 4 a football game 8 a speech I a talk On a separate sheet of paper, write five statements about the events. Use your own times, days, and dates. For example: TJ,,ere'r a ballet Ol'l Tverday, Jvl'le 15 at <o:00 P.M. u�l�I (J�j e;?JrJ www.irLanguage.com VOCABULARY BOOSTER 67
  • 76. MORE CLOTHES 1 swimsuits I bathing suits 8 an umbrella 9 a raincoat - i - 2 a bathrobe 10 sandals 11 pajamas MORE HOUSEHOLD CHORES 3 a coat 4 boots 12 a T-shirt 13 shorts 5 a hat 14 pantyhose n5� �1rLanguage.�om 6 jeans 7 a nightgown 15 socks 16 underwear Write five questions and answers about the colors of the clothes and shoes. For example: What color are the boots-? They're brown. ' 1 dust 2 sweep 3 mop 4 vacuum Who does these chores in your house? Write four statements, using the simple present tense and frequency adverbs or time expressions. r, For example: I vS'vally dvs-t once a week. WWw.iiL'arigUage.coiii 68 VOCABULARY BOOSTER
  • 77. Grammar Booster The Grammar Booster is optional. It contains extra practice of each unit's grammar. 1 Write each sentence again. Use a contraction. · · He'f an enaineer.1 He 1s an engineer. .................;;l •••••••••••••• 2 We are teachers. ................................. 3 No, we are not. .....:........................... 4 They are not artists. ................................. 5 I am a student. ................................. 6 She is a chef. ................................. 2 Write the indefinite article ! or an for each occupation. 1 ..�..... chef 5 ......... scientist 2 ......... actor 6 ......... architect 3 ......... banker 7 ......... photographer 4 ......... musician 3 Complete each sentence with the correct subject pronoun. 1 Mary is a student. )h.':......,... is a student. 2 Ben is a student, too. ................. is a student, too. 3 My name is Nora. ................. am an artist. 4 Your occupation is doctor. ................. are a doctor. 5 Jane and Jason are scientists. ................. are scientists. 4 Write a question for each answer. 1 A: ...�!.�.Y.��.".".'.':'.�i.�.i.�.':l.s?_...............? B: Yes, we are. We're musicians. 2 A: ................................................. ? B: No, they're not teachers. They're scientists. 3 A: ................................................. ? B: Yes. Ann is a doctor. 4 A: ................................................. ? B: No. Ellen is an architect. She's not a writer. 5 A: ................................................. ? B: Yes, I'm a pilot. 6 A: .................................................? B: No. We're not flight attendants.We're pilots. 5 Write six proper nouns and six common nouns. Use capital and lowercase letters correctly. Proper nouns Common nouns 1 ..t{��.r�.��.9!Y.......... 7 ..�.�i.!Y....................... 2 ................................. 8 ................................. 3 ................................. 9 ................................. 4 ................................. 10 ................................. 5 ................................. 11 ................................. 6 ................................. 12 ................................. GRAMMAR BOOSTER 69
  • 78. 1 Write the correct possessive adjectives. 1 Miss Kim is Mr. Smith's student. Mr. Smith is ..h�r.......... teacher. 2 Mr. Smith is Miss Kim's teacher. Miss Kim is ................. student. 3 Mrs. Krauss is John's teacher. Mrs. Krauss is ................. teacher. 4 John is Mrs. Krauss's student. John is ................. student. 5 Are ................. colleagues from Japan? No, they aren't. My colleagues are from South Korea. 6 Mr. Bello is ................. teacher. i am ................. student. 7 Jake is not Mrs. Roy's student. He's ................. boss! 8 Mr. Gee is not Jim and Sue's teacher. He's ................. doctor. 2 Complete the sentences about the people. Use He's from. She's from, or They're from. 1 Ms. Tomiko Matsuda: ..�J:,.�.'tfr.'?.'7Y........ Hamamatsu, Japan. 2 Miss Berta Soliz: ......................... Monterrey, Mexico. 3 Mr. and Mrs. Franz Heidelberg: ......................... Berlin, Germany. 4 Mr. George Crandall: ......................... Victoria, Canada. 5 Ms. Mary Mellon: ......................... Melbourne, Australia. 6 Mr. Jake Hild and Ms. Betty Parker: ......................... Los Angeles, U.S. 7 Mr. Cui Jing Wen: ......................... Wuhan, China. 8 Ms. Noor Bahjat: ......................... Cairo, Egypt. 3 Complete the questions. Begin each question with a capital letter. 1 ..�b.�t'�..... your name? 2 ................. are you from? 3 ................. his e-mail address? 4 ................. she a student? 5 ................. her phone number? 6 ................. they colleagues? 7 ................. he from China? 8 ................. their first names? 4 Complete each question with the correct possessive adjective. 1 A: What's ..X��r........ name? B: I'm Mrs. Barker. 2 A: What's ................. last name? B: My last name is Lane. 3 A: What's ................. address? B: Mr. Marsh's address is 10 Main Street. 4 A: What's ................. e-mail address? B: Ms. Down's e-mail address? It's down5@unet.com. 5 A: What are ................. first names? B: They're Gary and Rita. 6 A: What's ................. phone number? B: Miss Gu's number is 555-0237. 70 GRAMMAR BOOSTER
  • 79. 1!1111 1 Write the sentences with contractions. 1 Where is the pharmacy? ..���t�tt�.�.P.h�r.'!?��)?........................................................................................ 2 It is down the street. .................................................................................................................................. 3 It is not on the right. ...................._............................................................................................................... 4 What is your name? .................................................................................................................................... S What is your e-mail address? ......................................................................................................................... 6 She is an architect. ...................................................................................................................................... 7 I am a teacher. ........................................................................................................................................... 8 You are my friend. ...................................................................................................................................... 9 He is her neighbor. ..................................................................................................................................... 10 They are my classmates. ............................................................................................................................... 2 Complete each sentence with an affirmative or a negative imperative. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. irLanguage.com 1 Take the bus to the restaurant. ..f.?.�.,{!"..�.�J.�:..... 2 Don't walk. ................. the bus to the bank. 3 ................. to the restaurant. It's right over there, on the right. 4 ................. a taxi to the bank. It's across the street. 3 Complete the questions and answers. Use subject pronouns and use contractions when possible. 1 A: ..�����L......... the pharmacy? B: The pharmacy? ................. across the street. 2 A: ................. the newsstand? B: ................. down the street on the right. 3 A: ................. I ................. to the restaurant? B: No, don't walk. ................. a taxi. 4 A: ................. do you go to school? B: Me? I go ................. motorcycle. 1!1111 1 Write questions. Use Who's or Who are and � � or they. A: ..��'?}h.':.................. ? B: He's my grandfather. 2 A: .................................? B: She's my mother. 3 A: .................................? B: He's Mr. Ginn's grandson. 4 A: .................................? B: They're Ms. Breslin's grandparents. S A: .................................? B: She's Sam's wife. 6 A: .................................? B: They're his wife and son. GRAMMAR BOOSTER 71
  • 80. 2 Unscramble the words and write sentences. Use 1!or are. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. 1 so I father I my Ihandsome ..�Y..f�T�.f:!:.if..�'?.h���f���·.................................................................................. 2 brother I very I her I short ............................................................................................................................. 3 grandchildren I cute I neighbor's I so Imy ....................................................................................................... 4 his Itall /not Isister I very ............................................................................................................................. 5 grandfather I very I old I my I not_ .................................................................................................................. 6 girlfriend Ipretty I so I brother's I my ............................................................................................................. 3 Complete the sentences. Use have or has. 1 I ..h�'!�....... two brothers. 2 She ................. one child. 3 They ................. four grandchildren. 4 We ................. six children. 5 You ................. ten brothers and sisters! 6 He ................. three sisters. 4 Complete the questions. Use How old is or How old are. 1 ..!J.'?.�.�.'.4.�r.�............. your children? 2 ................................. his son? 3 ................................. her grandchildren? 4 ................................. Nancy's sisters? 5 ................................. Matt's daughter? 6 ................................. their grandmother? ..1 Write a question for each answer. Use What time, What day, or When. Use a question mark (?). 1 ..�b.�f.ti.'!'.l.�.if.if.(....... It's 6:30. 2 ................................. The party is at ten o'clock. 3 ................................. The dinner is on Friday. 4 ................................. The dance is at 11:30 on Saturday. 5 ................................. The concert is in May. 6 ................................. The meeting is at noon. 7 ................................. It's a quarter to two. 8 ................................. The movie is on Wednesday. 2 Complete each sentence with in., Qil, or at. 1 The concert is ..!!!............ March. 2 The dinner is ................. Friday ................. 6:00. 3 The party is ................. April 41h ................. 9:00. 4 The movie is ................. 3:00 P.M. ................. Tuesday. 5 The game is ................. noon ................. Monday. 6 The meeting is ................. August 1()II' ................. 9:00 A.M. 72 GP..,f.MW.R BOOSTER
  • 81. ..1 Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verb. 1 They ..!-!�':'.�........................ nice ties at this store. have 2 She ................................. a long blue skirt for the party. want 3 I ................................. my shoes. like 4 We ................................. clean shirts. not have 5 Our children ................................. blue pants for school. not need 6 ................................. short skirts? she I like 7 ............·..................... new shoes? your wife I need 8 ................................. a suit for work? I I need 9 Why ................................. those old shoes? she/ like 10 Which shirt ................................. for tomorrow? you I want 11 ................................. this sweater in extra large? they I have 2 Choose this, that. these, or those. 1 I like (this I these) red sweaters. 2 I don't like (this I these) skirt. It's too long. 3 Why do you want (that I those) black pants? 4 (That I These) skirt is great for the school concert. 3 Answer each question with true answers. Begin each answer with a capital letter. End with a period (.) 1 What clothes do you need? .......................................................................................................................... 2 Do you need new shoes? ............................................................................................................................. 3 Do you have a long skirt? ............................................................................................................................ 4 Do you like pink shirts? ............................................................................................................................... 5 Do you have a loose sweater? ....................................................................................................................... 6 Do you like expensive clothes? ..................................................................................................................... ..1 Write the third-person singular form of each verb. 1 shave ..f.�.'!.':�L...................... 2 brush .................................... 3 90......................................... 4 have ..................................... 5 study..................................... 6 do ......................................... 7 take ...................................... 8 play ...................................... 9 exercise ................................. 10 visit ...................................... 11 practice ................................. 12 wash .................................... 13 come ................................... 14 change ................................. 15 make ................................... 16 get ...................................... 17 comb ................................... 18 put ...................................... 19 eat ...................................... 20 watch .................................. 21 clean ................................... 22 read ..................................... 23 check ................................... 24 listen ................................... GR.Wt.R BOOSTER 73
  • 82. 2 Complete each question with do or does. 1 When .}?............ you go shopping? 2 What time ................. she make dinner? 3 How often ................. they clean the house? 4 What time ................. your son come home? 5 How often ................. your parents go out for dinner? 6 What time ................. you go to bed? 7 When ................. our teacher check e-mail? 8 How often ................. Alex do the laundry? 3 Unscramble the words and write sentences in the simple present tense. Begin each sentence with a capital letter. End with a period(.). 1 usually/ on weekends/ go shopping/ she ..?.�.�-����!!Y..9���-���P.P.i.�9..'?.0.�.�.':��'.'.�.�·.......................................... 2 go dancing I my sisters I on Fridays I sometimes ............................................................................................... 3 in the morning I never I check e-mail/ I ........................................................................................................... 4 always I my daughter/ to work I take the bus ................................................................................................... 5 we I to school/ walk I never ......................................................................................................................... 6 sometimes I my brother I after work I visit his friends ......................................................................................... 4 Complete each response with do or does. 1 Who takes out the garbage in your house? My daughter .}��?........ . 2 Who washes the dishes in your family? I .................. 3 Who makes dinner? My parents .................. 4 Who does the laundry in your house? My brother .................. 5 Who watches TV before dinner? My granddaughter .................. 6 Who takes a bath in the evening? My sister .................. irLanguage.com 74 GRAMMAR BOOSTER
  • 83. Writing Booster The Writing Booster is optional. Itgivesguidance for the writing task on the last page of each unit. ..Guided Writing Practice Look at the picture on page 11. Answer the questions, based on the picture. Writefive sentences. Is Martin a flight attendant? Is he a musician? Is Tim a musician? Is he a manager? Example: No.Me'�ota fli9J..tattendant_ _ _________ _ 1 Is Marie a flight attendant? 2 3 4 5 ..Guided Writing Practice Write sentences about your relationships. Example: Write about afriend:Ry;:n i, myf'}etd.Me', aJ!t:den1j too. Mi, la,t name iS' Grant 1 Write about a friend: 2 Write about a classmate: 3 Write about a neighbor: 4 Write about a boss, colleague, or teacher_:__ ..Guided Writing Practice Look at the picture on page 27. Writefive questions and answers, based on the picture. Example: Q: WJ..ere', tJ..e bank? Q: A: 2 Q: A: 3 Q: A: 4 Q: A: s Q: A: A: It', next to the res-tavrant Q: Is- the banknext to the ... A: No, it i,n't It's- ... --������. WRITING BOOSTER 75
  • 84. -Guided Writing Practice Choose two relatives. Write about each person. Answer some of these questions. How old is [he I she]? Is [he I she] tall or short? Is [he I she] old or young? Is [he I she] good-looking? cute? What's [his I her] occupation? - 1 Example: My rirter ir 2'I yearS' old. She'r S'hort and 9ood-lookin9. SJ,,e'r an architect 2 Guided Writing Practice Look at the event announcements on pages 42 and 43. Choose five events. Write sentences about the events below. Example: The birthday party: The birthday party ir at CJivck'S' Cafe. CJivck'r Cafe iS' arovnd tJ,e corner from tJ,e bank. The movie The meetin_g The dance The volleyball game The basketball game The dinner The "Evening" concert The "welcome" p�rty -Guided Writing Practice Answer some or all of the following questions. Put the sentences together to write about clothes you n�, you want, and you like, and about clothes you have or don't have. Do you want new clothes? Why? What clothes do you need? What colors do you like? Do you need new clothes? Why? What size do you need? Example: I n�ed neN cl�ther/ I need a _f�_eoter, andI_need_neN shoes1_ ��I wont oJ-lhite sweater _?nd blo_ck s!_,oes. Why? �y wh��­ sweater is old and my bloc� rho!f �e_dirfy: I fl!ed the sweat!! i� _ lor9e and the rhoe_s in size l/0. 76 WRITING BOOSTER I·
  • 85. Guided Writing Practice Answer the questions about your typical week. Use time expressionsand frequency adverbs. n5�� �irLanguage.<om What do you do in the morning? Example: In the mornin9, I vs-vally 9et vp at7:00.Then I ... What do you do in the afternoon? What do you do in the evening? What do you do on Saturdays and Sundays? u�1�1ultj�.,s, www.irLanguage.com WRffiNG BOOSTER 77
  • 86. �/J�Top Notch Pop Lyrics � l:30/1:31 What Do You Do? (Unit 1) (CHORUS) What do you do? What do you do? I'm a student. You're a teacher. She's a doctor. He's a nurse. What about you? What do you do? I'm a florist. You're a gardener. He's a waiter. She's a chef. Do-do-do-do... That's what we do. It's nice to meet you. What's your name? Can you spell that, please? Thank you. Yes, it's nice to meet you, too. (CHORUS) We are artists and musicians, architects, and electricians., How about you? What do you do? We are bankers, we are dentists, engineers, and flight attendants. Do-do-do-do... That's what we do. Hi, I'm Linda. Are you John? No, he's right over there. Excuse me. Thank you very much. Good-bye. Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... Do-do-do-do... 1:46ll :4� Excuse Me, Please [Unit 2J (CHORUS) Excuse me-please excuse me. What's your number? What's your name? I would love to get to know you, and I hope you feel the same. I'll give you my e-mail address. Write to me at my dot-com. You can send a note in English so l'II know who it came from. Excuse me-please excuse me. Was that 0078? Well, I think the class is starting, and I don't want to be late. 78 Top Notch Pop Lyrics But it's really nice to meet you. I'll be seeing you again. Just call me on my cell phone when you're looking for a friend. (CHORUS) So welcome to the classroom. There's a seat right over there. I'm sorry, but you're sitting In our teacher's favorite chair! Excuse me-please excuse me. What's your number? What's your name? 2:1s12:16 Tell Me All About It [Unit 4) Tell me about your father. He's a doctor and he's very tall. And how about your mother? She's a lawyer.That's her picture on the wall. Tell me about your brother. He's an actor, and he'sJwenty-three. And how about your sister? She's an artist. Don't you think she looks like me? (CHORUS, Tell me about your family­ who they are and what they do. Tell me all about It. It's so nice to talk with you. Tell me about your family. I have a brother and a sister, too. And what about your parents? Dad's a teacher, and my mother's eyes are blue. (CHORUS, Who's the pretty girl in that photograph? That one's met You look so cute! Oh, that picture makes me laugh! And who are the people there, right below that one? Let me see ... that's my mom and dad. They both look very young. (CHORUS) Tell me all about it. Tell me all about it. It's early in the evening- 6:15 P.M. Here in New York City a summer night begins. I take the bus at seven down the street from City Hall. I walk around the corner when I get your call. [Unit 5) (CHORUS) Let's make a date. Let's celebrate. Let's have a great time out. Let's meet in the Village on Second Avenue next to the museum there. What time is good for you? It's a quarter after seven. There's a very good new show weekdays at the theater. Would you like to go? (CHORUS) Sounds great. What time's the show? The first one is at eight. And when's the second one? The second show's too late. OK, how do I get there? The trains don't run at night. No problem. Take a taxi. The place is on the right. Uh-oh! Are we late? No, we're right on time. It's 7:58. Don't worry. We'll be fine! (CHORUS) 3:lS/l:16 On the Weekend [Unit 7J (CHORUS) On the weekend, when we go out, there Is always so much joy and laughter. On the weekend, we never think about the days that come before and after. He gets up every morning. Without warning, the bedside clock rings the alarm. So he gets dressed- he does his best to be on time. He combs his hair, goes down the stairs, and makes some breakfast. A bite to eat, and he feels fine. Yes, he's on his way to one more working day. (CHORUS) On Thursday night, when he comes home from work, he gets undressed, and if his room's a mess, he cleans the house. Sometimes he takes a rest. Maybe he cooks something delicious, and when he's done he washes all the pots and dishes, then goes to bed. He knows the weekend's just ahead. (CHORUS)
  • 87. www.irLanguage.com WORKBOOK JOAN SASLOW ALLEN ASCHER with Julie C. Rouse u�1�1u4jrf'..>D www.irLanguage.com
  • 89. UNIT 1 Names and Occupations 1 Match the occupations with the pictures. Write the letter on the line. 1. __ a teacher 2. __ an artist 3. __ an athlete 4. __ a musician 5. __ a flight attendant 6. __ a banker 7. __ a singer y:?a. < I C. 3•2•2X·l"O ! e. e o= C::,=�= d. , � f� 2 FAMOUS PEOPLE. What are their occupations? Write sentences. Use contractions. 1. Frank Gehry: He'r an arcJiitect 2. Mariana Paj6n:------------------------- 3. Shakira:--------------------------- 4. Orlando Bloom: _________________________ 81
  • 90. 3 Complete the conversation between Joo Yeon Sir and Marta. Joo Yeon Sir: Hi. I'm Joo Yeon. Marta: Hi, _______________ Joo Yeon Sir: Nice to meet you, Marta. Marta=---------------� Joo Yeon Sir: What do you do? Marta=---------------� Joo Yeon Sir: I'm a musician. wwwtrLanguagecom 4 Match the occupations that go together. Write the letter on the line. 1. _c_a singer a. a student 2. __ a teacher b. a flight attendant 3. __ an architect c. a musician 4. __ a pilot d. an engineer 5 Circle the occupation that is different. 1. scientist engineer chef doctor 2. singer manager actor athlete 3. banker artist musician photographer 6 Look at the people going to work. Write sentences about their occupations. Use contractions. 1. SJie'r 011 artirt 2. 3. 82 UNIT 1 www.irLanguage.com 4. 5. 6.
  • 91. 7 Complete the sentences with names. 1. 2. 3. ------------ is afamous artist. ------------ is afamous musician. ____________ is afamous writer. 4. My favorite singer is------------ 5. My favorite actor is------------ 6. My favorite athlete is----------- 8 Read the list. Then look at the pictures and complete the conversations. Name Anna Madden Maggie Gill Julia Santos Grace Lund Emily Parson Caroline Benson Nicole Locke Occupation Pilot Singer Doctor Scientist Student Banker Student 1. No I'm not. I'm Grace. Names and Occupations 83
  • 92. 9 Read about Casey Affleck. Casey Affleck is a famous actor. He's also a writer. And he's a director, too. Three occupations! The name of one of his movies is Cone Baby Cone. Casey Affleck is the main actor, but he's not the director. He is the director for I'm Still Here. Now answer the questions. Check V the boxes. 1. What are Casey Affleck's occupations? D artist D photographer D director D actor D singer D writer 2. In the movie I'm Still Here, Casey Affleck is the 0 singer 0 actor D director 10 Circle the occupation that is not spelled correctly. 1. engineer doctor arkitect athlete 2. shef banker teacher singer 3. scientist 4. writer fotographer pilot Now write the words correctly. 5. 6. 7. 8. 84 UNIT 1 musician manager actor flite attendant www irLanguage.com
  • 93. 11 Rewrite the sentences.Capitalize the proper nouns. 1. john landry is a chef in paris. 2. isabel hunter is from canada. She's an architect. 3. alex quinn is a pilot. He's in tokyo today. 12 Write proper and common nouns. Capitalize the proper nouns. 1. Your name: ________ 3. Your teacher's name: ________ 2. Your occupation: ______ 4. Orlando Bloom's occupation: ______ 13 Read the occupations in the box. Count the syllables. Write each occupation in the correct place on the chart. 14 athlete musician 1 syllable chef photographer .e-Agfneer-­ scientist 2 syllables actor singer 3 syllables manager writer 4 syllables eriqirieer Choose the correct response. Circle the letter. 1. How are you? a.I'm Samantha. b. Great. 2. What do you do? a.I'm a manager. b. Fine, thanks. 3. Are you Lucy? a. Yes, sheis. b. OK. See you! 4. How do you spell that? a. Right over there. b. T-0-M-E-S-C-U. c. Take care. c.l'mJim. c. No, I'm not. c. I'm a writer. And you? Names and Occupations 85
  • 94. JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Ms. Adams, Ms. Banks, Ms. Clark, and Ms. Dare have four different occupations­ engineer, architect, doctor, and scientist (but NOT in that order). Read the statements. Ms. Adams and Ms. Clark are not doctors. Ms. Banks and Ms. Clark are not scientists. Ms. Clark and Ms. Dare are not architects. Ms. Adams is not a scientist. Now write an occupation for each person. Ms. Adams: _______ Ms. Banks: ________ Ms. Clark: ________ Ms. Dare: ________ 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-) and down(! ). Circle the eight occupations. Then write the occupations on the lines. 86 UNIT 1 N M A N A G E R K 0 E R N A 0 N E 0 E T 0 K N T A A C T 0 R T N I M E E T E L p 0 w E s R H T I E N T p C E A E R A s T N y p H 0 N A s E N R 0 K p T B A K R N - .. - p A E N N 0 A M E s L L H N C A A s A I E T T R E p H E s N R L A M T A E I N I H T A A s T E I u T T 0 G R A M B E N G A E E E E E G N E R N K E R T N E R N R B u N H T A R N E E p I R A L T K R p p E I H A T L N N T R y H R R L I E T E N C H N E s A E N s R E N E R N u R E R A T H G R N M H E R H E N E E R B A E R E L N u u H E E G C T E 8 I G E T
  • 95. www.irLanguage.com UNIT 2 About People 1 Look at the pictures. Write possessive adjectives. doctor is Dr. Brown. 2. 3. ____ boss is Mr. Lin. ____teacher is Ms. Jalbert. 4. ____ neighbors are Mr. and Mrs. Rivera. 87
  • 96. 2 Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences about relationships. Use possessive nouns. 1. He is Eric'rclarrmate ·"'- ' Jack Edwin 3. They are------------ 4. He is _____________� 3 Complete the sentences. 1. Audrey is classmate. I I my 2. We're students. Mr. Haber's/ Mr. Haber 3. Who is manager? you I your 4. Ms. Miller and Mr. Sullivan are colleagues. our I we 5. Are your neighbors? they I their 6. Dr. Franklin isn't doctor. Bill I Bill's 4 Match the description and the relationship. Write the letter on the line. 1. __ Caleb and I are managers. Our company is lnfotech. Our boss is Mr. Jackson. 2. __ Anna's address is 32 Arbor Street. Zoe's address is 34 Arbor Street. 3. __ Ryan and Josh are students in the same class. Ms. Foster is their teacher. 4. __ Jessica and I are classmates. She's my neighbor, too. 88 UNIT2 a. They're classmates. b. We're colleagues. C. They're neighbors. d. We're friends.
  • 97. 5 Look at Joe's list and Amy's list for their party. JIE'S UST ·laistin - friena Jeff - friena Robert ana Julie - frienas Mark - classmate Gary ana Ann - neighbors Am,v1LJfr S�-�� Pekr-�� �-/nm 4M}' aA 1 • .. - �11,bm R.(}/)mMUiJtdit -/rifflM Now write sentences about the people. Use possessive adjectives. 1. Peter: Peter if'1er collea9ve 2. Mark: ________________________� 3. Gary and Ann:---------------------- 4. Katherine:----------------------- 5. Kristin:-------------------------------- 6 YOUR RELATIONSHIPS. Complete the chart with names. Classmates or Colleagues Neighbors Friends 7 Choose a friend and a classmate from Exercise 6. Introduce them. Complete the conversation. 1. You: ,this is ________ ________'s my classmate. 2. Your friend: Hi, ________ 3. Your classmate: Hi, --------· Nice to meet you. Your friend: Nice to meet you,too. Your classmate: What do you do? 4. Your friend: I'm--------· And you? 5. Your classmate: I'm ________ Your friend: Where are you from? 6. Your classmate: I'm from ________ About People 89
  • 98. 8 Fill out the form for a friend, a neighbor, or a colleague. DMr. DMrs. ------ ------- 0 Miss first name lastname OMs. Now complete the conversation between the person and a clerk. 1. Clerk: Hi. What's your last name, please? 2. Clerk: And your first name? ______: My first name? ----------------------- 3. Clerk: How do you spell that? 4. Clerk: Thank you. 9 Complete the sentences. Use realnames and relationships. 1. Mr. is my ______ 2. Mr. and Mrs. are my 3. Ms. is my 4. Miss is my 3 10 Complete the address book with information for three friends. 1 90 UNIT2 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address 2 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address 3 Lastname Firstname Address Phone number E-mail address
  • 99. 11 Write the answers in words. 1. eleven + six - ---------- 2. nineteen - twelve=-------- 3. three x five - __________ 4. twenty+ two = _________ 12 Look at the business cards. Read the responses. Then write questions with What's. Use possessive nouns or possessive adjectives. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Jeff Silver Manager EDI International 215 East wn Street New York, NY 10003 TEL (212) 555-0769 FAX (212) 555�0770 jeff.siver@ed1.com Architect Foster &Wright 77York St. Sydney NSW 2000 (61-2) 9262-1036 kharrison@fosterwright.com A: What'r Mr. /jarrifoo'rfirrtname ? A: WJ.,at'r her addrefS' ? A: ? A: ? A: ? A: ? 13 Answer the questions. Use your own information. 1MichaelBrent1--.................................... Engineer .............................. 28ManorSlrttl........................... IAlndonE17.............................. 02087558050.............................. B: Kate. B: 77 York St. B: jeff.silver@edi.com B: He's a manager. B: 0208 755 8050. B: 28 Manor Street. 1. What's your first name? ___________________________ 2. What's your last name? ___________________________ 3. What's your occupation? __________________________ 4. What's your address? ___________________________ 5. What's your phone number? _________________________ 6. What's your e-mail address? _________________________ About People 91
  • 100. JUST FOR FUN 1 TAKE A GUESS! Write the next number in words. 1. three, six, nine, twelve, fifteen, -------- 2. one, two, four, eight, ________ 3. twenty, one, nineteen, two, eighteen, three, ________ 2 Complete the puzzle. Across 4. We are--· Our addresses are 15 and 17 Pine Street. 5. The Musee du Louvre's __ is 99 Rue de Rivoli, Paris. 9. Frank Gehry's occupation 10. Her name is Linda Reid. Reid is her __ name. Down 1. Mr. Bryant is Andy's teacher. Andy is __ student. 2. Their address is 11 Palm Street, and their __ is (661) 555-4485. 3. Sophie Okoneda's title 6. Allison's __ address is allie@mail.net. 7. Flight attendants and pilots are--· 8. A=one, B=two, C=three, ... N= __ 92 UNIT2 2 s 3 6 10
  • 101. www.irLangnage.com UNIT 3 Places and How to Get There 1 Write the names of places in your neighborhood. 1. a restaurant: ---------------- 2.a bank: ________________� 3. a bookstore:---------------- 4. a pharmacy: ________________ 5. a school: _________________ 2 Read the directions. Label the places on the map. • The school is across the street. • The bookstore is around the corner. • The bank is next to the bookstore. • The newsstand is down the street on the left. • The pharmacy is down the street on the right. I� I 1. 2. L r -11::J 3. 5. f1 3 Read the answers. Then complete the questions with Where's or What's. 1. A: the address? B: 214 New Street. 4. 2. A: the bookstore? B: It's down the street on the left. 3. A: the pharmacy? B: It's across the street. 4. A: Lisa's occupation? B: She's a photographer. 5. A: his e-mail address? B: Rob123@mail.net. 6. A: your friend's restaurant? B: It's around the corner. 93
  • 102. 4 Look at the pictures. Write questions and answers. Follow the model. 1. 2. 3. �l t) t) 4. 1. A: W/,,ere's: t/,,e s:c/,,ool ? B: It's: around tl,,e corner 2. A: ? B: 3. A: ? B: 4. A: ? B: u�1�1 ul:+j t?.>4 5 Complete the conversation. Tell a friend how to get to your school. 1. Your friend: Can I walk to the school? 1t) � ��������������������������������· 2. Your friend: OK. And where is it? � �������������������������������� 3. Your friend: OK. Thanks! � �������������������������������� 6 Look at the pictures. Write imperatives. 1. 3. 5. 94 UNIT3 Don'tdriye www.irLanguage.com 2. 4.
  • 103. 7 Tell a new classmate how to go places from school. Use an affirmative and a negative imperative. Example: to abookstore: Take t"1e bus-. Dori't walk. 1. to abookstore:-------------------------------- 2. toabank:__________________________________ 3. to a pharmacy:-------------------------------- 4. to a restaurant: ________________________________ 8 Look at the pictures. Write a sentence with an imperative and a sentence about the location. Follow the model. 1. 2. 4. �1 _ti --=tl u�1�1 ul:oj ef'.JD www.irLanguage.com Take a taxi to t"1e bookftore It'S' riext to t"1e barik Places and How to Get There 95
  • 104. 9 Look at the pictures. Write questions. Follow the model. IIlJ • Can I walk to tJ,e books-tore 71. �--'-������-'-�����-· 3. 4. 10 Look at the pictures. Answer the questions. Use a .12,Y phrase. I take the subway home. 1. How does she go home? f3y n.1bwoy 3. How do they go to work? 2. How does he go to the bookstore? I take a bus to school. 4. How does she go to school? 11 How do you go places? Read the sentences. Write I for sentences that are true for you and E for sentences that are false for you. 1. __ I go to school by bicycle. 5. __ I walk to the bookstore. 2. __ I take a taxi to restaurants. 6. __ I go to work by moped. 3. __ I go to work by train. 7. __ I take the subway to the bank. 4. __ I go home from school by bus. 96 UNIT 3
  • 105. JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Read the clues. Then write the places on the lines. • The bookstore is between the restaurant and the pharmacy. • The bank is not next to the bookstore. • The restaurant is next to the bank. • The pharmacy is not on the left. 1. ------- 2. ------- 3. ------- 4. 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-) and down(!). Circle the eight means of transportation. Then write the means of transportation on the lines. C u s 0 G z z s H H s H p R F A I A E u p H s I R y T K B A N M 0 T 0 R G w A B 0 w M T A u A C N p z p L I T y N C E s p I N z M y K D C I A s R w E N M B w M N T I y T L Q Q E p z A I u u R T s T E G A K K L R H K X K u K M u N C A M J F N J R Q w G s C X T A u E 0 B z z F B M H L J s I B I 0 X X s w s C y C L E C J w F F F X Q I y M F y B 0 y G T H 0 A K B N T H T F I X E 0 R u C p Q A X I y s w B u s C H s R G T L H z V F B E X y Q w s V B p Places and How to GetThere 97
  • 106. 98 ' .:. ·!· • UNIT 4 mirLanguage.c..... Family 1 THE BRITISH ROYAL FAMILY. Write the family member's relationship to Queen Elizabeth on the line. Queen Elizabeth----,---- Prince Philip 1. lierbU£band I Prince Charles I Princess Anne Prince Andrew I Prince William Prince Harry P . 4, ______ r1nce George Peter Phillips I Princess Beatrice 2 Look at Queen Elizabeth's family again. Complete the sentences. 1. Prince Harry is PrinceWilliam's ________ 2. Princess Anne is Peter Phillips's ________ I Princess Eugenie 3. Queen Elizabeth and Prince Philip are PrinceAndrew's _______ 4. Prince Charles is Prince George's _______ 5. Queen Elizabeth is Prince Philip's-------- 6. Prince William and Prince Harry are Prince Charles's ________ 7. Prince Andrew is Princess Eugenie's_______ 8. Queen Elizabeth is Peter Phillips's ________ 9. Princess Eugenie is Princess Beatrice's ________ 10. William, Harry, Peter, Beatrice, and Eugenie are Queen Elizabeth's ________
  • 107. 3 Complete the conversation. Write What. Where, or Who. 1. Andrew: ______·s that? Hannah: That's my brother. 2. Andrew: 's your brother's first name? Hannah: Paul. 3. Andrew: 's your sister? Hannah: She's right there, on the left. 4. Andrew: 's that? Hannah: My grandmother. 5. Andrew: ______'s her last name? Hannah: Connor. 6. Andrew: are your parents? Hannah: They're here, next to my grandmother. 4 Read the answers. Then write questions with Who. 1. A: _______________? B: They're my brothers. 2. A: _______________? B: That's my husband. 3. A: _______________? B: He's my father. 5 Answer the questions. 4. A: _______________? B: They're my grandparents. 5. A: _______________? B: She's my sister. 1. Who are you? _______________________________ 2. Who's your teacher? _____________________________ 3. Who are your classmates? (Name three.)--------------------- 6 Write the names of three relatives, friends, neighbors, or classmates. Then complete the chart. MicJ,elle rirter 2G. Family 99
  • 108. 7 Unscramble the words. Write sentences. 1. brother I tall I is I My I very 2. handsome, I He I too I very I is 3. your IAre I pretty I sisters 4. is I daughter I young I Her 5. cute I so I is I She 8 Describe your relatives. Write sentences. __..,___.....___.,,__.,_�"" • 3 9 Look at the photos and read. - - Hi, I'm Kate. There are five people in my family. I have two sisters. Their names are Megan and Jane. Jane and I are students. Megan is a doctor. Hello. My name is Edgar. My wife's name is Anna. I'm an engineer, and she's an architect. We have two children. Riley is our son, and Reese is our daughter. Now answer the questions. 1. Who's Jake? He 1 5 Geor9e 1 � 9rarid5ori - - ___,....__ Hello. I'm George. My wife Carol and I are grandparents. We have three children and two grandchildren. Our granddaughter is Sophia. Our grandson is Jake. ? 2. Who'sAnna?______________________________� 3. Who's Jane?_______________________________ 4. Who are Riley and Reese?__________________________ 5. Who are George and Carol?-------------------------- 6. Who's a doctor? _____________________________ 100 UNIT 4
  • 109. 10 Look at the picture. Write sentences with have or has. 1. Julia:Slie har two brotherr 2. Rose: __________________________________ 3. Barbara and Martin:----------------------------- 4. Dan and Michael:------------------------------ 5. Louis:---------------------------------- 11 Write the next number in words. 1. twenty-one,twenty-eight,thirty-five,forty-two,________ 2. four, eight,sixteen,--------, sixty-four 3. ninety-nine, ,seventy-five,sixty-three,fifty-one 4. ten,eleven, twenty-one, thirty-two,fifty-three,________ 12 Complete each sentence with � or has. Then choose the correct response. Circle the letter. 1. Matthew ____ two sisters. a. How old is she? b. How old are they? 2. Mark and Jamie ____ a daughter. a. How old is he? b. How old is she? 3. a brother and a sister. a. How old is your brother? b. How old is my sister? 4. We ____ a son. a. What's your name? b. What's his name? Family 101
  • 110. JUST FOR FUN www trLanguage c�m 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! Read the sentence. Then answer the question. Brothers and sisters have I none, but that man's father is my father's son. Who is "that man"? ______ 2 Complete the puzzle. Across 3. Julie's grandmother is ninety-five. She's--· 6. Sons and daughters 7. A good-looking woman is--· 8. Not tall 10. Her grandchildren are very __. They're one and three years old. 11. A good-looking man is--· 102 IINIT 4 4 6 10 5 8 11 3 Down 1. The English alphabet has __ letters. 2. My father's mother is my--· 4. Dakota Fanning's occupation 5. His daughter's son is his--· 7. Mother and father 9. Heather Joy is Steven Fanning's --· uos AIII :JaMsu" a1PP!H
  • 111. UNIT 5 Events and Times 1 1 Match the times. 1. _c_ It's half past ten. a. 6:45 2. It's four o'clock. b. 8:55 3. It's noon. c. 10:30 4. It's a quarter after two. d. 12:00 P.M. 5. It's five to nine. e. 4:00 6. It's six ten. f. 6:10 7. It's a quarter to seven. g. 12:00A.M. 8. It's midnight. h. 2:15 2 Look at the pictures. Are the people early. late. or on time? Write sentences. T,Mt: q:i1,.11 ... TO· PHILADELPMIA 2. ------- 3. ------- 103
  • 112. 3 Look at the pictures. Then complete the conversation. FAM1 LY DOCTOR 3:00 7:30 10:15 Whattime 000000000000000000000000 oo 4 Write an occupation for each event. irLanguagecom 1. a concert: a S'in9er 3. a game: ______ 2. a movie: ______ 4. a dinner:------ 5 When is your English class? Circle the day or days. Write the times. I M� I T-1--1Thu� I - [�1�,I... 6 What events are in your city or town this week? Complete the chart. Name fiee-Yovn9 Lim 104 UNIT5 Event Concert Day Time 5atvrday 7:00P.M. 00 Place Mvs-ic Center
  • 113. 7 Look at the posters. ��� Norah Jones us. Japan Now check true or false. 1. The game is on Sunday. 2. The movie is at 7:10 on Wednesday. 3. The dinner is at half past seven. 4. The concert is at three o'clock. 5. The movie is at 3:40 on Saturday. Sunday. 3:00 P.M. Damon Hall true D D D D D rrcstltS... Akira Kurosawa's Seven Samurai false D D D D D 8 Look at the posters in Exercise 7 again. Complete the questions and answers. 1. A: ? B: It's __ one o'clock. 2. A: ? B: It's __ Friday __ a quarter to eight. 3. A: ? B: It's __Thursday. 4. A: ? B: It's __ Sunday __ 3:00. 9 Complete the conversation. Use the times and days on the posters in Exercise 7. 1. You: Hi, ------· How are you? Your friend: Fine, thanks.And you? 2. You: ------·Look.There's a ______ on ______ Your friend: Great! What time? 3. You: Your friend: OK. Let's meet at ______ Events andnmes 105
  • 114. 106 www.irLanguage.com 3 10 Match the ordinal numbers with the people. Draw lines. fifth first ninth eleventh seventh thirteenth second twelfth sixth eighth fourth fifteenth 11 Look at the pictures. Write the months for each type of weather where you live. 1. 2. 3. 12 Complete the sentences with an ordinal number or a month. 1. October is the month of the year. 2. is the fifth month of the year. 3. is the second month of the year. 4. March is the month of the year. 5. December is the month of the year. 6. is the eleventh month of the year. 7. June is the month of the year. 8. is the eighth month of the year. UNITS
  • 115. 13 Complete the conversations. Use the prepositions in, 2.n, and at. 1. A: 2. A: 3. A: 4. A: 5. A: 6. A: 7. A: 8. A: January SMTWTfS I l J 4 5&78910U II ll 14 5 16 17 18 1no n u 11 l4 15 16 1718 lU JI When's your birthday? AmI late? What time is the party? Is the game at 9:15 tonight? When's the dance? What time's the movie? Is the dinner in January? There's a concert at 10:00. 14 Look at the invitation. B: B: B: B: B: B: B: B: Part'J:;:For: Jason's 301h birthday Date: Saturday, March 121h '===� Time: 8:00 p.m. Place: Palm Restaurant Next to the school Don't be latet It's March IIT.Tfl I 2345678 910 ll 12 13 1415 16 17 18192U 11 lll41'il6lll8l9 JO � ____ March.It's ____ March 111 h. No, you're ____ time. It's ____ 1:30. No, it's ____ the afternoon, ____ 3:45. Saturday, ____ 8:00. It's ____ midnight. Yes, it's ____ the 191h. night or ____ the morning? Now answer the questions. Write complete sentences. 1. What month is the party? __lt_''-s- _i11_M_a_rc_J.,____________________ 2. What date is the party?--------------------------- 3. What day is the party?___________________________ 4. What time's the party?--------------------------- 5. Where's the restaurant?__________________________ Events and Times 107
  • 116. JUST FOR FUN 1 Fill in the answers. Then look at the numbers under the lines. Write the letters in the puzzle. 2 5. 7. 9. 10. 13. 1. 2. 3. 4. 6. 8. 11. 12. 1. A dinner, a dance, ora concert 2. The class is on weekdays-Mondays, Wednesdays, and --· 3. An event with athletes 4. April is the __ month of the year. Puzzle ----- 1 2 3 4 3 5 6 l 5 7 3 -Thomas Edison, inventor (U.S.) Complete the puzzle. Across This month has twenty-eight days. Jana's birthday is March 121h. What's her sign? The movie's at 10:15. It's a quarter to ten now. You're --· Good __! (at 7:00 P.M.) Good __! (at 7:00 A.M.) Down The ninth month of the year The fourth weekday The first day of the weekend Another way to say 10:30 Q is the __ letter in the alphabet. The baseball __ is on Friday. 12:00 A.M. 12:00 P.M. 108 UNIT 5 5 7 8 9 4 -- -----12 3 10 1 -------8 4 5 11 6 ----13 7 ------9 2 3 10 3 4 11 1 2 5 12 13 2 3 4 6 8 9 10 12 13 ,, 11
  • 117. UNIT 6 Clothes 1 Write the names of the clothes. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 109
  • 118. 2 Circle one of the clothing items in each picture. Write a sentence with I like and this. that. these or those. Example: I like thofe pa"tf . 1. 3. 3 Write sentences. Use words from each list. My sister I brother My parents My classmates like My neighbor + likes My friends My friend and I My teacher 2. 3. 4. 5. 110 UNIT 6 restaurants bookstores weekends motorcycles + parties dances movies concerts 4. www 1rl&r..,uagc com 2. n5�, �1rLanguage.oom
  • 119. 4 Look at the pictures. Complete the sentences. Use want. need. or have. 1. 3. 5. _T_J.,_ e_,y,_J.,_a_v_e__ a daughter. _______ that car. _______ a moped. 2. _______ a jacket. 4. _______ a taxi. 6. _______ that tie. 5 Look at the pictures. Compliment each person on his or her clothes. 1. (!) 2. Clothes 111
  • 120. www irLanguage com �mi· 2 6 Complete the sentences aboutyourself. Use like or don'tlike. Example: I don't like red jackets. 1. brown suits. 2. 3. 4. 5. ________ purple pants. ________ black sweaters. ________ white shoes. ________ blue shirts I blouses. 7 Complete the sentences. Write the simple presenttense of the verb. 1. My daughters those dresses. want 2. Susan's friend her skirt. not like 3. Michael and Steven suits. not have 4. you a jacket? have 5. We shoes for the party. need 6. Anthony this tie? want 7. Ryan large or extra large? need 8. They this blouse in white. not have 8 Look at the clothes. Write a question. Ask forthe color orsize in parentheses. Then complete the shortanswer. (black) (small) 1. Doyov havethere rhoef in black ® (brown) ? No, we don't (large) 2. 3. 4. ____,__________________? Yes,--------� ______________________? Yes,--------� ----------------------? No,--------� 112 UNIT6 u�1�1 ul:ij e;?JD www.irLanguage.com
  • 121. �mi· 3 9 Write sentences about yourself. Use have I don't have. want I don't want. or need I don't need. Example: expensive shoes: I don'tneed expens-ive f/,,oes- =m·:,,u,;C,;.ri!, 0 1rLanguage....... 1. a graysuit:�-------------------------------- 2. newpants:�-------------------------------- 3. a red sweater:��������������������������������� 4. a white shirt I blouse:---------------------------- 5. alongjacket:______________________________� 10 Read about Elena and Marina. Elena and Marina are looking for new clothes. They're at Fashionistas, a new clothes store. They need clothes for work. Elena is a manager, and Marina is a musician. Elena's suit is old, and she needs a new one. She wants new shoes, too. Marina needs a black dress for a concert on Saturday. Fashionistas has a black suit, a gray suit, a brown suit, and a red suit in Elena's size. Shelikes the gray suit. Fashionistas has a short dress and a long dress in black. Marina wants the short dress. The long dress is very expensive. Fashionistas doesn't have shoes. Elena says, "Look! There's a shoe store across the street." www.irLanguage.com Now read the answers. Then write questions. Use Why. What. or Which. 1. A: ? B: Because her suit is old. 2. A: ? B: A suit and shoes. 3. A: ? B: A black dress. 4. A: ? B: The graysuit. 5. A: ? B: The short dress. Clothes 113
  • 122. 11 Plan your clothes for next week. Write on the calendar. Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday 9ray paotS' block 5°"'eoter new black rhoer - ,,.. -•-.. --�- Friday 12 Look at the pictures. Complete the questions and the answers. ,·Satu�ay *'' Stiriday . ·- ·- ---��=� 1. �------------ 2. �------------ 3. �------------ 114 UNIT 6 4. �------------
  • 123. JUST FOR FUN www.irLanguage.com 1 TAKE A GUESS! Match the numbers with the letters to make these colors. 1. __ green a. red and green 2. __ orange b. yellow and blue 3. __ purple C. yellow and red 4. __ brown d. black and white 5. __ gray e. blue and red 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-+) and down(!). Circle the ten clothes and the ten colors. Then write the clothes and colors on the lines. I p u I K E K T s I R E I B y C J T s s s E K B R 0 w N R E L R A u K w L w T T G u R B L E I D C K I E L H E E u u R E G p G 0 K w R A E I G R E L E A R A R K E T T T K T C T T R A R E L A A T I u E E E W 0 0 A B L u E y L H E I R y E L L 0 w N y I D E H G G R E E N R R N y E L s R D 0 T R E D p N K E s E 0 s s B R R B G R E u E K I E E R H u R E u L A s G R N 0 B A R A I I I s w A u H A p I G s L R N R T L s T C w 0 L L p A N T s G T B 0 I s K R E 0 E K E A H A E B u T R y N H L R R H H R I B L 0 u s E E Clothes Colors p ·s :e ·v :a ·E :) ·z :q ·t :sJaMsuv ssan9 u�IJ::!lul:ije;?y, www.irLanguage.com Clothes 115
  • 124. 116 UNIT7 Activities 1 Put your morning activities in order.Write ordinal numbers (l't, 2nd , ...) on the lines.Write an i next to the activities you don't do. __ take a shower I bath __ eat breakfast __ put on makeup __ get up __ shave __ get dressed __ brush my teeth __ comb I brush my hair Choose your first three morning activities. What time do you do them? Example: I 9et vp at7:00 1. -----------------------------------� 2------------------------------------� 3------------------------------------� 2 Look at the activities and the times.Write sentences in the simple present tense. 1. SJ.e comes- J.ome at GdO
  • 125. 3 Write the name of a family member or friend. Check his or her activities. Name: D takes a shower in the evening D studies after dinner D takes a shower in the morning D watches TV after dinner D doesn't eat breakfast D gets up early on weekends D eats a large breakfast D gets up late on weekends Now write sentences about this person. irLanguage.com -- --- -- ---- ----- 4 Look at the responses. Write questions with When or What time. 1. A: __w_h_ e_n_d_o _e5��-a_ri_n_a_t_a_k_e_a-'-5h_ o_w_e_r_______________________? B: Karina takes a shower in the morning. 2. A: -----------------------------------�? B: Robert goes to bed after midnight. He's an evening person. 3. A: B: My children? They watch TV on weekends, in the morning. 4. A: B: I study after dinner. 5. A: B: Julia gets up at 5:00 A.M. on weekdays. 6. A: B: They come home early-before 5:00 P.M. 5 Complete the conversation. Are you a morning person or an evening person? 1. � --------------------------- And why do you say that? 2. �--------------------------� Activities 117
  • 126. 2 6 On a typical weekday, do you ... ? Check always, usually. sometimes. or�. always usually sometimes never 1. eat breakfast 0 0 0 0 2. watch TV in the evening 0 0 0 0 3. take a shower at night 0 0 0 0 4. read after 10:00 P.M. 0 0 0 0 5. exercise in the morning 0 0 0 0 6. take a nap in the afternoon 0 0 0 0 7. go out for lunch 0 0 0 0 On a typical weekend, do you... ? Check always. usually. sometimes. or�- always usually sometimes never 1. visit friends D D D D 2. go dancing 0 0 0 0 3. study 0 0 0 0 4. go to the movies 0 0 0 0 5. play soccer 0 0 0 0 6. check e-mail D 0 0 0 7. go out for dinner 0 0 0 0 7 Look at your answers in Exercise 6. Write five sentences about your activities. Follow the model. Example: On weekdays-, I vs-vally exercis-e in tJ.,e morning 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 8 Think about the leisure activities of family members and friends. Complete the chart. Name I Relationship grandfatJ.,er 118 UNIT7 Activity take a nap Time expression Frequency in tJ.,e afternoon vs-vally
  • 127. Now write sentences about what your family members and friends do in their free time. Use your chart. irLaoguage.com Example: Myqrandfatlier vs-vally takes- a napin tlie afternoon 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 9 Look at Larry's weekly schedule. May May 1 Monday • 9et vp at C.:00 A.M. Thursday 4 ' 9et v p at C.:00 A.M. • e;,cercire • Work • take ovttJ..e9arba9e • Work _..___,.....,, · �vdy • take ovttJ..e9arba9e • 9etvp at C.:00 A.M. • 90to rcJ..ool • work • e;,cerc i5e Friday 5 2 Tuesday l ·9et v p at8:30 A.M. - · - 90 _ 5 _ J., _ o _ pp - i o - 9 ���� �� -l -,-,.,_·� li ���e �o �to �m;;.;.:.;v5�ic=--��-,-� Saturday 6 • play roccer 3 Wednesday 1_ � ·90 to tJ..emovie5 • 9etvp at C.:00 A.M. • e;,cerc ire • take a nap • work • do tl,elavo dry • read Sunday 7 Now write questions with How often and complete the answers. 1. A: tlotN often does- Larr)'.'.90 to sd,ool 8: He once a week. 2. A: 8: He twice a week. 3. A: 8: He three times a week. 4. A: 8: He four times a week. ? ? ? ? Activities 119
  • 128. 10 Look at Larry's schedule in Exercise 9 again. Answer the questions. 1. Whendoes Larry work?__________________________ 2. Whendoeshego to school?_______________________� 3. What'shis typic al day like?_________________________ 4. What time doesheget up onFridays?--------------------- 5. What doeshe do inhis free time?______________________ 11 Look at the pictures. Then write sentences about the household chores Mr. and Mrs. Rand do. Mr. Rand 1. 2. Mrs. Rand 3. 4. 5. 12 Write a question with Who for each picture. Then answer the questions with information about your home or your family's home. 120 UNIT7 Example: Who doer the lavlldry 4. --------------�? (J�l�I ..:,l;,j t?"Y' www.irLanguage.com ? I do
  • 129. JUST FOR FUN 1 A RIDDLE FOR YOU! What comes once in an afternoon, twice in a week, but never in a day or month? (Hint: It comes once in the alphabet.) Answer: _______ 2 WORD FIND. Look across(-+) and down(!). Circle fourteen activities. Then write the activities in the correct column. w A T C H T V u C E A K A u H I T E p N A C 0 H C L H s 0 I K V R I K L w A s H T H E D I s H E s E A G A L M s G A N A M C T M N M A M E y L M G 0 A L N K B A 0 H A D K T s 0 R 0 D T N T s D K w w K w 0 V 0 A G T A A T H A A E T N E V 0 A C E D 0 N s C E u N A H I D A I C C s A w C y H H 0 M B E A I w I u E N u 0 I C s 0 E u A L 0 N H E u R s R R N B T u T E T A D N s E M L N s K G E G s 0 0 H w A E A E C H C B D 0 T H E L A u N D R y D T E L I s T E N T 0 M u s I C H D T E T A K E A N A p E N H A 0 I E L H T I A K N T T u E w w N s s A Chores I Work activities Leisure activities Activities 121
  • 130. 122 mi:rLanguage.c.... Units 1-7 REVIEW 1 Circle the word or phrase that is different. 1.� classmate neighbor colleague 2. doctor engineer pharmacy scientist 3. last name weekend address phone number 4. subway moped train game 5. brother daughter wife grandmother 6. tall new handsome young 7. concert party restaurant movie 8. skirt blouse dress tie 9. listen to music do the laundry visitfriends go to the movies 10. get up shave come home eat breakfast 2 Read the ad for an event. www.irLanguage.com Women's Soccer Russia and Brazil The Sports Center / , Saturday, May 15°' •• ' l:OOP.M. ;• ' .._ r .._ r Tickets on sale now! - -- Now write a question for each answer. f ( f I 1. A:�����������������������������������? B: A soccer game. 2. A:�����������������������������������? B: The Sports Center. 3. A:�����������������������������������? B: At one o'clock. 4. A:�����������������������������������? B: On Saturday, May 151h.
  • 131. 3 Read about Salma Hayek. This is Salma Hayek. She's an actor. She's from Mexico, but her name is Arabic. Her father's family is from Lebanon. Her mother is Mexican. Her father is a businessman, and her mother is an opera singer. She has one brother, Sarni Hayek. Salma Hayek's birthday is September 2, 1966. She's aVirgo. She is short and very pretty. In September 2007, Hayek became a mother. She and her husband have a daughter. Her name is Valentina Paloma. Salma Hayek's 2002 movie Frida is not an old movie,but it's already a classic. It is the winner of two Academy Awards-for music and for makeup. The movie is about the famous Mexican artist Frida Kahlo. Hayek is Frida in the movie. Alfred Molina is her husband, the artist Diego Rivera. Many of Hayek's friends are in the movie. The acting is great. The colors, art. clothes, and music in Frida are beautiful. Now answer the questions. 1. What does Salma Hayek do?------------------- 2. Is she from Lebanon?______________________ 3. Does Hayek have brothers and sisters?---------------- 4. When is her birthday?_____________________ 5. Howoldis she?_________________________ 6. Is she tall?_________________________ 7. Howold is her daughter?____________________ 8. What is her daughter's first name?------------------ 4 Compare Frida Kahlo and Salma Hayek. Complete the chart. Use the reading in Exercise 3. irLanguage.com Occupation Nationality Nationality of father Nationality of mother Brothers and sisters Birthday artist from Mexico from Germany from Mexico 3 sisters, no brothers July 6, 1907 www.irLanguage.com Review 123
  • 132. 5 Choose one family member, friend, neighbor, or colleague. Complete the information. 1. Name:_________________________________ 2. Relationship to you:---------------------------- 3. Oc�upation:_______________________________ 4. Birthday, age (how old?), sign:------------------------ 5. Adjectives to describe the person:----------------------- 6. Leisureactivities:----------------------------- Now write about this person. Use the information above. OPTIONAL VOCABULARY BOOSTER ACTIVITIES 1 Look at the pictures. Write a� IIl2 question with �and a shortanswer. Use the words in parentheses. 1. 4. A: frhe a bank teller (bank teller) 8: No.be'rnot ? A: _________? (electrician) 8; _________ 124 UNITS 1-7 2. 5. 3. A: _________? A: _________? (doctor) (lawyer) 8: _________ 8; _________ 6. A: _________? A: _________? (florist) (hairdresser) 8; _________ 8: _________
  • 133. m1rLanguage.c.... 2 Look at the pictures. Write answers to the questions. Remember to capitalize proper nouns. 1. What is the grocery clerk's name?....Hi...:..:..:i £...:cDi.:a:..:.m'-'-"-e..,.if'-'5<-=a::..:.m"-'------------- 2. What is the pharmacist's name?------------------ 3. What is the waiter's name?____________________ 4. What is the travel agent's first name?________________ 5. What is the professor's last name?----------------- 3 Answer a friend's questions about your neighborhood. www.irLanguage.com J 1. How do you go to the supermarket?________________________ 2. Can I walk to the dry cleaners?-------------------------- 3. Where's the coffee shop?____________________________ 4 Which events do you like? Number the events from 1 to 8 in the order you like them. __ plays __ art exhibitions __ ballets __ baseball games __ operas __ volleyball games __ speeches __ football games Review 125
  • 134. 5 Write 1ml, t.Mt, .tb..eg, or� and the names of the clothes. Do you like 1. 6 look at the pictures. Ask for a different color or size. Write � I IlQ questions with �. 1. Do yov 1-tave tl-tere randalr in red 126 UNITS 1-7 2. u�1.P-1u1.:,j�.J1J www.irLanguage.com ?
  • 135. 3. 4. 5. 7 Look at the pictures and the answers. Write the questions. 1. A: How ofteodo --=d-=v_,_5.:...t___? B: Twice a month. you ______? B: On Sundays. 3. A: _______________? 4. A: ______________�? B: My wife does. u�1�1 ul:-j �>" www.irLanguage.com B: Yes, I do. Review 127